10-K 1 a15-4832_110k.htm 10-K

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x      Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the Fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

 

or

 

o         Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Commission file number: 001-31567

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Hawaii

 

99-0212597

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

220 South King Street, Honolulu, Hawaii

 

96813

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(808) 544-0500

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Name of each exchange on

Title of each class

 

which registered

Common Stock, No Par Value

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer o

 

Accelerated Filer x

 

 

 

Non-Accelerated Filer o

 

Smaller Reporting Company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).Yes o No x

 

As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $374,448,000. As of February 13, 2015, the number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding was 34,759,845 shares.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


 


 

PART 1

 

Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that Could Affect Future Results

 

Certain statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”), notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified. In addition, certain statements may be contained in our future filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in press releases and in oral and written statements made by us or with our approval that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Act. Examples of forward-looking statements include but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or nonpayment of dividends, capital position and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations of Central Pacific Financial Corp. or its management or Board of Directors, including those relating to business plans, use of capital resources, products or services and regulatory developments and regulatory actions; (iii) statements of future economic performance; and (iv) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “forecasts,” “hopes,” “targeted,” “continue,” “remain,” “will,” “should,” “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

 

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include but are not limited to:

 

·                  increase in inventory or adverse conditions in the real estate market and deterioration in the construction industry;

 

·                  adverse changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers and, as a result, increased loan delinquency rates, deterioration in asset quality and losses in our loan portfolio;

 

·                  the impact of local, national, and international economies and events (including natural disasters such as wildfires, tsunamis, storms and earthquakes) on the Company’s business and operations and on tourism, the military and other major industries operating within the Hawaii market and any other markets in which the Company does business;

 

·                  deterioration or malaise in domestic economic conditions, including any further destabilization in the financial industry and deterioration of the real estate market, as well as the impact of declining levels of consumer and business confidence in the state of the economy in general and in financial institutions in particular;

 

·                  changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

 

·                  the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), changes in capital standards, other regulatory reform, including but not limited to regulations promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), government-sponsored enterprise reform, and any related rules and regulations which affect our business operations and competitiveness;

 

·                  the costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments, including legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries and proceedings and the resolution thereof, and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews;

 

2



 

·                  the effects of and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB” of the “Federal Reserve”);

 

·                  inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations;

 

·                  negative trends in our market capitalization and adverse changes in the price of the Company’s common shares;

 

·                  political instability;

 

·                  acts of war or terrorism;

 

·                  changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits;

 

·                  failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures;

 

·                  technological changes and developments;

 

·                  changes in the competitive environment among financial holding companies and other financial service providers;

 

·                  the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and other accounting standard setters;

 

·                  our ability to attract and retain skilled employees;

 

·                  changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans; and

 

·                  our success at managing any of the risks involved in the foregoing items.

 

For information with respect to factors that could cause actual results to differ from the expectations stated in the forward-looking statements, see also “Risk Factors” under Part I, Item 1A of this report. We urge investors to consider all of these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by law.

 

ITEM 1.                                                BUSINESS

 

General

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp., a Hawaii corporation and bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), was organized on February 1, 1982. Our principal business is to serve as a holding company for our bank subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, which was incorporated in its present form in the state of Hawaii on March 16, 1982 in connection with the holding company reorganization. Its predecessor entity was incorporated in the state of Hawaii on January 15, 1954.

 

When we refer to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our,” we mean Central Pacific Financial Corp. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. When we refer to “Central Pacific Financial Corp.,” “CPF” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a standalone basis. We refer to Central Pacific Bank herein as “our bank” or “the bank.”

 

3



 

Through our bank and its subsidiaries, we offer full-service commercial banking with 36 bank branches and 110 ATMs located throughout the state of Hawaii. Our administrative and main offices are located in Honolulu and we have 28 branches on the island of Oahu. We operate four branches on the island of Maui, two branches on the island of Hawaii and two branches on the island of Kauai. Our bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to applicable limits. The bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Central Pacific Bank is a full-service commercial bank offering a broad range of banking products and services, including accepting time and demand deposits and originating loans. Our loans include commercial loans, construction loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans and consumer loans.

 

We derive our income primarily from interest and fees on loans, interest on investment securities and fees received in connection with deposit and other services. Our major operating expenses are the interest paid by our bank on deposits and borrowings, salaries and employee benefits and general operating expenses. Our bank relies substantially on a foundation of locally generated deposits. For financial reporting purposes, we have the following three reportable segments: (1) Banking Operations, (2) Treasury and (3) All Others. For further information about our reporting segments, including information about the assets and operating results of each, see “Note 25 — Segment Information” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Our operations, like those of other financial institutions that operate in our market, are significantly influenced by economic conditions in Hawaii, including the strength of the real estate market, as well as the fiscal and regulatory policies of the federal and state government and the regulatory authorities that govern financial institutions. See “—Supervision and Regulation” below for other information about the regulation of our holding company and bank.

 

Following our successful capital raises in 2011, we have accomplished a number of key performance objectives through December 31, 2014:

 

·                  In 2013, our Board of Directors and management, in consultation with our regulators, reinstated and declared quarterly cash dividends on the Company’s outstanding common stock totaling $0.16 per share of common stock in 2013 ($0.08 per share in the 3rd and 4th quarters of 2013) and $0.36 per share of common stock in 2014 ($0.08 per share in the 1st and 2nd quarters of 2014 and $0.10 per share in the 3rd and 4th quarters of 2014).

 

·                  On March 28, 2014, we completed a tender offer to purchase 3,405,888 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $20.20 per share for a total cost of $68.8 million, excluding fees and expenses. On April 7, 2014, we also completed repurchase agreements with each of our two largest shareholders to privately purchase 1,391,089 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $20.20 per share from each shareholder for a total cost of $56.2 million, excluding fees and expenses.

 

·                  On May 20, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to $30.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In 2014, 857,554 shares of common stock, at a cost of $16.5 million, were repurchased under this program.

 

·                  We have continued to maintain a strong capital position with tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage capital ratios as of December 31, 2014 of 16.97%, 18.24%, and 12.03%, respectively, compared to 20.27%, 21.54%, and 13.68%, respectively, as of December 31, 2013, and 22.54%, 23.83%, and 14.32%, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. Our capital ratios continue to exceed the levels required for a “well-capitalized” regulatory designation.

 

4



 

·                  We reported four consecutive profitable years with net income totaling $40.5 million, $172.1 million, $47.4 million, and $36.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

·                  We have continued to grow our loan and lease portfolio. Loans and leases, net of deferred income/costs, totaled $2.9 billion at December 31, 2014, and increased by $301.6 million, or 11.5%, from December 31, 2013.

 

·                  We reduced our nonperforming assets by $4.8 million to $42.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $46.8 million at December 31, 2013. Our nonperforming assets at December 31, 2013 were reduced by $43.2 million from $90.0 million at December 31, 2012.

 

·                  We maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases of 2.53% at December 31, 2014, compared to 3.19% and 4.37% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, we maintained an allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming assets of 176.14% at December 31, 2014, compared to 179.29% and 107.10% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

On February 12, 2013, the Written Agreement that we entered into with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and the Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) in July 2010 was terminated.

 

In addition, the bank was notified by the FDIC on November 14, 2014 that the Compliance MOU that the bank entered into with the FDIC in October 2012 had been terminated.

 

We also remain focused on lowering our efficiency ratio and growing market share within our core Hawaii market. In connection with improving our efficiency ratio, we have completed several initiatives, including (i) outsourcing the data center and hardware for our core information technology system as well as our items processing function to Fiserv, which is our existing core software application provider; and (ii) implementing a staff right-sizing plan. Additionally, we have begun designing, developing, and implementing our data warehouse and customer relationship management programs.

 

Our Services

 

We offer a full range of banking services and products to businesses, professionals and individuals. We provide our customers with an array of loan products, including residential mortgage loans, commercial and consumer loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans and construction loans.

 

Through our bank, we concentrate our lending activities in five principal areas:

 

(1)       Residential Mortgage Lending.  Residential mortgage loans include fixed- and adjustable-rate loans primarily secured by single-family, owner-occupied residences in Hawaii and home equity lines of credit and loans. We typically require loan-to-value ratios of not more than 80%, although higher levels are permitted with accompanying mortgage insurance. First mortgage loans secured by residential properties generally carry a moderate level of credit risk, with an average loan size of approximately $0.4 million and marketable collateral. Changes in interest rates, the economic recession and other market factors have impacted, and future changes will likely continue to impact, the marketability and value of collateral and the financial condition of our borrowers and thus the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio. The majority of our residential mortgage loan originations are sold in the secondary market.

 

(2)       Commercial Lending and Leasing.  Loans in this category consist primarily of term loans, lines of credit and equipment leases to small and middle-market businesses and professionals in the state of Hawaii. The borrower’s business is typically regarded as the principal source of repayment, although our underwriting policies and practices generally require additional sources of collateral, including real estate and other business assets, as well as personal guarantees where possible to mitigate risk and help to reduce credit losses.

 

5



 

(3)       Commercial Real Estate Lending.  Loans in this category consist of loans secured by commercial real estate, including but not limited to, structures and facilities to support activities designated as multi-family residential properties, industrial, warehouse, general office, retail, health care and religious dwellings. Our underwriting policy generally requires net cash flow from the property to cover the debt service while maintaining an appropriate amount of reserve and permits consideration of liquidation of the collateral as a secondary source of repayment. Financing of commercial real estate projects is subject to a high degree of credit risk. The limited supply of land at a given commercially attractive location, the long economic life of the assets, the long delivery time frames required for the development and construction of major projects and high interest rate sensitivity have given commercial real estate markets a long history of significant cyclical fluctuations and volatility.

 

(4)       Construction Lending.  Construction lending encompasses the financing of residential and commercial construction projects. Similar to commercial real estate lending, construction projects are subject to a high degree of credit risk given the long delivery time frames for projects.

 

(5)       Consumer Lending.  Loans in this category are generally either unsecured or secured by personal assets such as automobiles. The average loan size is generally small and risk is diversified amount many borrowers.

 

Beyond the lending function described above, we also offer a full range of deposit products and services including checking, savings and time deposits, cash management and electronic banking services, trust services and retail brokerage services.

 

Our Market Area and Competition

 

Based on deposit market share among FDIC-insured financial institutions in Hawaii, Central Pacific Bank was the fourth-largest depository institution in the state at December 31, 2014.

 

The banking and financial services industry in the state of Hawaii generally, and particularly in our target market areas, is highly competitive. We compete for loans, deposits and customers with other commercial banks, savings banks, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, credit unions and other nonbank financial service providers. Some of these competitors are much larger by total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and have achieved better results than we have during the recent economic downturn.

 

In order to compete with the other financial services providers in the state of Hawaii, we principally rely upon local promotional activities, personal relationships between customers and our officers, directors and employees, and specialized services tailored to meet the needs of our customers and the communities we serve. We remain competitive by offering flexibility and superior service levels, coupled with competitive interest rates and pricing.

 

For further discussion of factors affecting our operations see, “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Business Concentrations

 

No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to the assets or deposits of our bank, or in relation to the overall business of the Company. However, approximately 72% of our loan portfolio held for investment at December 31, 2014 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans. See “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Loan Portfolio.”

 

6



 

Our business activities are focused primarily in Hawaii. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are impacted by the general economic trends in Hawaii, particularly in the commercial and residential real estate markets. During periods of economic strength, the real estate market and the real estate industry typically perform well; during periods of economic weakness, they typically are adversely affected.

 

Our Subsidiaries

 

Central Pacific Bank is the wholly-owned principal subsidiary of Central Pacific Financial Corp. Other wholly-owned subsidiaries include: CPB Capital Trust II; CPB Statutory Trust III; CPB Capital Trust IV; and CPB Statutory Trust V. CPB Capital Trust I was dissolved in 2014.

 

Central Pacific Bank had two wholly-owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013: CPB Real Estate, Inc. and Citibank Properties, Inc. Both were real estate investment trusts that were dissolved in 2014. Central Pacific Bank had two other wholly-owned subsidiaries, CB Technology, Inc. and Central Pacific HomeLoans, Inc., that were dissolved in February 2013 and February 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, Central Pacific Bank does not have any wholly-owned subsidiaries but does own 50% of Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC, Gentry HomeLoans, LLC, Haseko HomeLoans, LLC, and Island Pacific HomeLoans, LLC.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

General

 

The Company and the bank are subject to significant regulation and restrictions by federal and state laws and regulatory agencies for the protection of depositors and the FDIC deposit insurance fund, borrowers, and the stability of the U.S. banking system. The following discussion of statutes and regulations is a summary and does not purport to be complete nor does it address all applicable statutes and regulations. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the statutes and regulations referred to in this discussion. We cannot predict whether or when new legislative initiatives may be proposed or enacted or new regulations or guidance may be promulgated nor the effect new laws, regulations and supervisory policies may have on community banks generally or on our financial condition and results of operations. Such developments could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions.

 

Regulatory Agencies

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp. is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. As a bank holding company, Central Pacific Financial Corp. is regulated under the BHC Act and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the FRB. It is also subject to Hawaii’s Code of Financial Institutions and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the DFI.

 

The Company is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as administered by the SEC. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “CPF,” and we are subject to the rules of the NYSE for companies listed there. In addition to the powers of the bank regulatory agencies we are subject to, the SEC and the NYSE have the ability to take enforcement actions against us.

 

The Company is also subject to the accounting oversight and corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including, among other things, required executive certification of financial presentations, requirements for board audit committees and their members, and disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

 

7



 

Central Pacific Bank, as a Hawaii-chartered bank, is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the DFI and FDIC and is also subject to certain regulations promulgated by the FRB. In periodic examinations, each of these regulatory bodies assesses our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity and other aspects of our operations. These bodies also determine whether our management is effectively managing the bank and the holding company and whether they are in compliance with all applicable laws or regulations.

 

Legislative and Regulatory Developments

 

The implementation and impact of legislation and regulations enacted since 2008 in response to the U.S. economic downturn and financial industry instability continued in 2014, even as continued modest recovery was experienced by many institutions in the banking sector. Many institutions, including CPF, have exited Treasury investments under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are effective and have been fully implemented, including the revisions in the deposit insurance assessment base for FDIC insurance and the permanent increase in coverage to $250,000; the permissibility of paying interest on business checking accounts; the removal of barriers to interstate branching and required disclosure and shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation. Implementation in 2014 of additional Dodd-Frank regulatory provisions included aspects of (i) the final new capital rules and (ii) the so called Volcker Rule restrictions on certain proprietary trading and investment activities.

 

In the exercise of their supervisory and examination authority, the regulatory agencies have emphasized corporate governance, stress testing, enterprise risk management and other board responsibilities; anti-money laundering compliance and enhanced high risk customer due diligence; vendor management; cyber security and fair lending and other consumer compliance obligations.

 

Capital Adequacy Requirements

 

Bank holding companies and banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. New capital rules described below were effective on January 1, 2014, and are being phased in over various periods (the “New Capital Rules”). The basic capital rule changes were fully effective on January 1, 2015, but many elements are being phased in over multiple future years. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations (see “Prompt Corrective Action Provisions” below), involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors. The risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks require capital ratios that vary based on the perceived degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, such as loans, and those recorded as off-balance sheet items, such as commitments, letters of credit and recourse arrangements. The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risks and dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. Bank holding companies and banks engaged in significant trading activity may also be subject to the market risk capital guidelines and be required to incorporate additional market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards. To the extent that the new rules are not fully phased in, the prior capital rules continue to apply.

 

Under the risk-based capital guidelines in place prior to the effectiveness of the New Capital Rules, there were three fundamental capital ratios: a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio. To be deemed “well capitalized,” a bank must have a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least ten percent, six percent and five percent, respectively. Under the capital rules that applied in 2014, there was no Tier 1 leverage requirement for a holding company to be deemed well-capitalized. At December 31, 2014, the respective capital ratios of the Company and the bank exceeded the minimum percentage requirements to be deemed “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes. — See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources.” The federal banking agencies may require banks and bank holding companies subject to enforcement actions to maintain capital ratios in excess of the minimum ratios otherwise required to be deemed well capitalized, in which case institutions may no longer be deemed to be well capitalized and may therefore be subject to certain restrictions such as taking brokered deposits.

 

8



 

The New Capital Rules and Minimum Capital Ratios

 

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted final regulations which revised their risk-based and leverage capital requirements for banking organizations to meet requirements of the Dodd—Frank Act and to implement the Basel III international agreements reached by the Basel Committee. Although many of the rules contained in these final regulations are applicable only to large, internationally active banks, some of them will apply on a phased-in basis to all banking organizations, including the Company and the bank.

 

The following are among the new requirements that are phased-in beginning January 1, 2015 under the New Capital Rules:

 

·                  an increase in the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio from 4.00% to 6.00% of risk-weighted assets;

 

·                  a new category and a required 4.50% of risk-weighted assets ratio is established for “common equity Tier 1” as a subset of Tier 1 capital limited to common equity;

 

·                  a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio is set at 4.00% with no 3.00% exception for higher rated banks;

 

·                  changes in the permitted composition of Tier 1 capital to exclude trust preferred securities subject to certain grandfathering exceptions for organizations like the Company which were under $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, mortgage servicing rights and certain deferred tax assets and include unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities unless the organization opts out of including such unrealized gains and losses, which the Company intends to do;

 

·                  the risk-weights of certain assets for purposes of calculating the risk-based capital ratios are changed for high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans, certain past due non-residential mortgage loans and certain mortgage-backed and other securities exposures; and

 

·                  an additional “countercyclical capital buffer” is required for larger and more complex institutions.

 

The prompt corrective action standards are changed as the new capital rule ratios become effective. Under the new standards, in order to be considered well-capitalized, the bank will be required to meet the new common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5%, an increased Tier 1 ratio of 8% (increased from 6%), a total capital ratio of 10% (unchanged) and a leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged).

 

An additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets above the regulatory minimum capital ratios established under the new final capital rule will be phased in from 2016 to 2019 and must be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses. Including the capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, the new final capital rule would result in the following minimum ratios to be considered well capitalized: (i) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, (ii) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. While the new final capital rule sets higher regulatory capital standards for the Company and the bank, bank regulators may also continue their past policies of expecting banks to maintain additional capital beyond the new minimum requirements. The implementation of the new capital rules or more stringent requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact the Company’s net income and return on equity, restrict the ability to pay dividends or executive bonuses and require the raising of additional capital.

 

9



 

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2014, the Company and the bank would meet all applicable capital requirements under the New Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis if such requirements were currently in effect (see “Legislative and Regulatory Developments”).

 

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards, including requiring the prompt submission of an acceptable capital restoration plan. Depending on the bank’s capital ratios, the agencies’ regulations define five categories in which an insured depository institution will be placed: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. At each successive lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to more restrictions, including restrictions on the bank’s activities, operational practices or the ability to pay dividends or executive bonuses. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment.

 

Final Volcker Rule

 

In December 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted final rules that implement a part of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” Under these rules and subject to certain exceptions, banking entities are restricted from engaging in activities that are considered proprietary trading and from sponsoring or investing in certain entities, including hedge or private equity funds that are considered “covered funds.” These rules became effective on April 1, 2014, although certain provisions are subject to delayed effectiveness under rules promulgated by the FRB. The Company and the bank held no investment positions at December 31, 2014 which were subject to the final rule. Therefore, while these new rules may require us to conduct certain internal analysis and reporting, they did not require any material changes in our operations or business.

 

Bank Holding Company Regulation

 

As contained in both federal and state banking laws and regulations, a wide range of requirements and restrictions apply to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries which:

 

·                  require regular periodic reports and such additional reports of information as the Federal Reserve may require;

 

·                  require bank holding companies to meet or exceed minimum capital requirements (see “Legislative and Regulatory Developments” and “Current Capital Adequacy Requirements”);

 

·                  require that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to subsidiary banks and commit resources as necessary to support each subsidiary bank. The source-of-strength doctrine most directly affects bank holding companies where a bank holding company’s subsidiary bank fails to maintain adequate capital levels. In such a situation, the subsidiary bank will be required by the bank’s federal regulator to take “prompt corrective action” (see “Prompt Corrective Action Provisions”);

 

10


 


 

·                  limit dividends payable to shareholders and restrict the ability of bank holding companies to obtain dividends or other distributions from their subsidiary banks;

 

·                  require a bank holding company to terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries, affiliates or investments if the Federal Reserve believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary;

 

·                  require the prior approval for changes in senior executive officer or directors and prohibit golden parachute payments, including change in control agreements, or new employment agreements with such payment terms, which are contingent upon termination when a bank holding company is deemed to be in troubled condition;

 

·                  regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt and require prior approval to purchase or redeem securities in certain situations; and

 

·                  require prior approval of acquisitions and mergers with other banks or bank holding companies and consider certain competitive, management, financial, and anti-money laundering compliance impact on the U.S.

 

Other Restrictions on the Company’s Activities

 

Subject to prior notice or Federal Reserve approval, bank holding companies may generally engage in, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Bank holding companies that elect and retain “financial holding company” status pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) may engage in these nonbanking activities and broader securities, insurance, merchant banking and other activities that are determined to be “financial in nature” or are incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature without prior Federal Reserve approval. Pursuant to the GLBA and the Dodd-Frank Act, in order to elect and retain financial holding company status, a bank holding company and all depository institution subsidiaries of that bank holding company must be well capitalized and well managed, and, except in limited circumstances, depository subsidiaries must be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), which requires banks to help meet the credit needs of the communities in which they operate. Failure to sustain compliance with these requirements or correct any non-compliance within a fixed time period could lead to the required divestiture of subsidiary banks or the termination of all activities that do not conform to those permissible for a bank holding company. The Company has not elected financial holding company status and neither Company nor the bank has engaged in any activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature.

 

Dividends

 

It is the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to be a source of strength to their banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve has also discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

 

The bank is a legal entity that is separate and distinct from its holding company. CPF is dependent on the performance of the bank for funds which may be received as dividends from the bank for use in the operation of CPF and the ability of CPF to pay dividends to shareholders. Subject to the regulatory restrictions which currently further restrict the ability of the bank to declare and pay dividends under applicable Hawaii law, future cash dividends by the bank will depend upon management’s assessment of future capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. When effective, the new minimum capital rule may restrict dividends by the bank if the additional capital conservation buffer is not achieved.

 

11



 

Regulation of the Bank

 

As a Hawaii-chartered commercial bank whose deposits are insured by the FDIC, the bank is subject to regulation, supervision, and regular examination by the DFI and by the FDIC as a nonmember state bank, as the bank’s primary Federal regulator. Specific federal and state laws and regulations which are applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, their activities relating to dividends, investments, loans, the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans, servicing and foreclosing on loans, transactions with affiliates, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, and mergers and acquisitions.

 

FDIC and DFI Enforcement Authority

 

The federal and Hawaii regulatory structure gives the bank regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. The regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines to assist in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before an institution’s capital becomes impaired. The guidelines establish operational and managerial standards generally relating to: (1) internal controls, information systems, and internal audit systems; (2) loan documentation; (3) credit underwriting; (4) interest-rate exposure; (5) asset growth and asset quality; and (6) compensation, fees, and benefits. Further, the regulatory agencies have adopted safety and soundness guidelines for asset quality and for evaluating and monitoring earnings to ensure that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. If, as a result of an examination, the DFI or the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, the DFI and the FDIC, and separately the FDIC as insurer of the bank’s deposits, have residual authority to:

 

·                  require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice;

 

·                  direct an increase in capital and the maintenance of higher specific minimum capital ratios, which may preclude the bank from being deemed well capitalized and restrict its ability to accept certain brokered deposits;

 

·                  restrict the bank’s growth geographically, by products and services, or by mergers and acquisitions, including bidding in FDIC receiverships for failed banks;

 

·                  enter into or issue informal or formal enforcement actions, including required Board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders or prompt corrective action orders to take corrective action and cease unsafe and unsound practices;

 

·                  require prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes; remove officers and directors and assess civil monetary penalties; and

 

·                  terminate FDIC insurance, revoke the charter and/or take possession of and close and liquidate the bank or appoint the FDIC as receiver, which for a Hawaii-chartered bank would result in a revocation of its charter.

 

12



 

The bank received a letter from the FDIC dated November 14, 2014 advising that the Memorandum of Understanding (the “Compliance MOU”) previously entered into with the FDIC on October 9, 2012, relating to improvement of the bank’s compliance management system (“CMS”) was terminated. As further described in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” the bank and CPF were previously subject to regulatory orders with the FDIC and the FRB which were terminated on October 26, 2012 and February 12, 2013, respectively. Although we are no longer subject to any regulatory agreements with our regulators, we may in the future become subject to other agreements with our regulators which restrict our activities or may also impose increased capital ratios or other requirements on our business.

 

Deposit Insurance

 

The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) up to prescribed statutory limits of federally insured banks and savings institutions and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and savings industries. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its asset size and its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. The bank’s FDIC insurance expense totaled $2.8 million for 2014. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums. Any future increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material and adverse effect on our earnings and could have a material adverse effect on the value of, or market for, our common stock.

 

Operations and Consumer Compliance Laws

 

The bank must comply with numerous federal and state anti-money laundering and consumer protection and privacy statutes and implementing regulations, including the USA Patriot Act of 2001, GLBA, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (effective 2013), the CRA, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act, the California Homeowner Bill of Rights and various federal and state privacy protection laws. Noncompliance with these laws could subject the bank to lawsuits and could also result in administrative penalties, including, fines and reimbursements. The bank and CPF are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.

 

These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure and reporting requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, servicing, collecting, and foreclosure of loans, and providing other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the bank to various penalties, including but not limited to enforcement actions, injunctions, fines or criminal penalties, punitive damages to consumers, and the loss of certain contractual rights.

 

The bank received an “Outstanding” rating in the FDIC’s 2012 Community Reinvestment performance evaluation that measures how financial institutions support their communities in the areas of lending, investment and service.

 

CFPB

 

The Dodd-Frank Act provided for the creation of the CFPB as an independent entity within the Federal Reserve with broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans, credit cards, and other consumer loans. The CFPB’s functions include investigating consumer complaints, conducting market research, rulemaking, supervising and examining bank consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services. CFPB regulations and guidance apply to all financial institutions and banks with $10 billion or more in assets and are subject to examination by the CFPB. Banks with less than $10 billion in assets, including the bank, will continue to be examined for compliance by their primary federal banking agency. If we were able to grow beyond $10 billion in assets, we would be subject to enhanced CFPB examination as well as be required to perform more comprehensive stress-testing on our business and operations.

 

13



 

In 2014, the CFPB adopted revisions to Regulation Z which implements the Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”), pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and apply to all consumer mortgages (except home equity lines of credit, timeshare plans, reverse mortgages, or temporary loans). The revisions mandate specific underwriting criteria for home loans in order for creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer’s ability to repay and establish certain protections from liability under this requirement for “qualified mortgages” meeting certain standards. In particular, it will prevent banks from making “no doc” and “low doc” home loans, as the rules require that banks determine a consumer’s ability to pay based in part on verified and documented information. Because we do not originate “no doc” or “low doc” loans, this regulation did not have a significant impact on our operations.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2014, we employed 841 persons, 754 on a full-time basis and 87 on a part-time basis. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

 

Protection of Net Operating Losses

 

We have generated considerable tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards and federal and state tax credits. Our use of the tax benefits in the future would be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative increase in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.

 

On November 23, 2010, our board declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights (“Rights”) in respect of our common stock which were issued pursuant to a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “Tax Benefits Preservation Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent. Each Right represents the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions in the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, 1/10,000th of a share of our Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value, for $6.00, subject to adjustment. The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to reduce the likelihood that the Company will experience an ownership change by discouraging any person from becoming a beneficial owner of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”). Adoption of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan was required by our agreements with The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (“Anchorage”). On January 29, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan to extend it for up to an additional two years (until February 18, 2016).

 

To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our board approved a proposed amendment to our restated articles of incorporation to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or to cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase (the “Protective Charter Amendment”). At our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011, our shareholders approved the Protective Charter Amendment. On January 29, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Protective Charter Amendment to extend it for up to an additional two years (until May 2, 2016). Our shareholders approved the extension of the Protective Charter Amendment on April 25, 2014. There is no guarantee, however, that the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan or the Protective Charter Amendment will prevent the Company from experiencing an ownership change.

 

14



 

Available Information

 

Our internet website can be found at www.centralpacificbank.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports can be found on our internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies of the Company’s filings with the SEC may also be obtained directly from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. These documents may also be obtained in print upon request by our shareholders to our Investor Relations Department.

 

Also posted on our website and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are the charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Within the time period required by the SEC and NYSE, we will post on our website any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to our senior financial officers, as defined by the SEC, and our executive officers or directors. In addition, our website includes information concerning purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors, as well as disclosure relating to certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G) that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by similar means from time to time.

 

ITEM 1A.                                       RISK FACTORS

 

Our business faces significant risks, including credit, market/liquidity, operational, legal/regulatory and strategic/reputation risks. The factors described below may not be the only risks we face and are not intended to serve as a comprehensive listing or be applicable only to the category of risk under which they are disclosed. The risks described below are generally applicable to more than one of the following categories of risks. Additional risks that we do not yet know of or that we currently think are immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following factors actually occurs, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Risk Factors Related to our Business

 

Negative developments in the global and U.S. economies could have an adverse effect on us.

 

Although general economic trends and market conditions have stabilized, concerns about the ability to maintain a sustained economic recovery still remain, including lingering concerns over unemployment levels, growing U.S. government and foreign indebtedness, a large budget deficit, and the federal debt ceiling. Downgrades in U.S. and foreign debt instruments could raise borrowing costs and adversely impact the mortgage and housing markets. In general, adverse economic conditions could have one or more of the following negative impacts on us, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations: (i) loan delinquencies may increase; (ii) problem assets and foreclosures may increase leading to higher loan charge-offs; (iii) demand for our products and services may decline; (iv) low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease; and (v) collateral for loans made by us, especially involving real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans.

 

Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry and renewed economic slowdown in Hawaii would result in additional adverse effects on us.

 

Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, our business and operations are closely tied to the Hawaii market. The Hawaii economy relies on tourism, real estate, government and other service-based industries. Declines in tourism, increases in energy costs, the availability of affordable air transportation, adverse weather and natural disasters, and local budget issues impact consumer and corporate spending. As a result, such events may contribute to the deterioration in Hawaii’s general economic condition, which could adversely impact us and our borrowers.

 

15



 

The high concentration of real estate loans in our portfolio, combined with the deterioration in these sectors caused by the economic downturn, had and may continue to have a significantly more adverse impact on our operating results than many other banks across the nation. If our borrowers continue to experience financial difficulty, or if property values securing our real estate loans decline, we will incur elevated credit costs due to the composition of our loan portfolio even if market conditions improve.

 

Our real estate loan operations have a considerable effect on our results of operations.

 

The performance of our real estate loans depends on a number of factors, including the continued stabilization and eventual improvement of the real estate markets in which we operate. As we have seen in the Hawaii and California construction and real estate markets since the latter part of 2007, the strength of the real estate market and the results of our operations could be negatively affected by an economic downturn.

 

In addition, declines in the market for commercial property could cause some of our borrowers to suffer losses on their project, which would negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Declines in housing prices and the supply of existing houses for sale could cause residential developers who are our borrowers to suffer losses on their projects and encounter difficulty in repaying their loans. We cannot assure you that we will have an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses to cover future losses. If we suffer greater losses than we are projecting, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

Our allowance for loan and lease loss methodology has resulted in credits to our provision for loan and lease losses but the credit provisions may not continue.

 

For four consecutive years from 2011 through 2014, we recorded a credit to the provision for loan and lease losses. Although other factors of our overall risk profile have improved in recent years and general economic trends and market conditions have stabilized, concerns over the global and U.S. economies still remain. Accordingly, it is possible that the real estate markets we participate in could deteriorate as it did from the latter part of 2007 through 2010. If this occurs, it may result in an increase in loan delinquencies, loan charge-offs, and our allowance for loan and lease losses. Even if economic conditions improve or stay the same, it is possible that we may experience material credit losses and in turn, increases to our allowance for loan and lease losses, due to any number of factors, including but not limited to, the elevated risk still inherent in our existing loan portfolio resulting from our high concentration of commercial real estate loans. If that were to occur, or if we continue to have strong growth in our loan portfolio, we may have to record a provision for loan and lease losses which would have an adverse impact on our net income.

 

A large percentage of our loans are collateralized by real estate and continued deterioration in the real estate market may result in additional losses and adversely affect our financial results.

 

Our results of operations have been, and in future periods, will continue to be significantly impacted by the economy in Hawaii, and to a lesser extent, other markets we are exposed to including California. Approximately 72% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2014 was comprised of loans primarily collateralized by real estate, with the significant majority of these loans concentrated in Hawaii.

 

Deterioration of the economic environment in Hawaii, California or other markets we are exposed to, including a decline in the real estate market and single-family home resales or a material external shock, may significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, amounts received upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover outstanding principal and interest on the loan. As we have seen in the past, material declines in the value of the real estate assets securing many of our commercial real estate loans may lead to significant credit losses in this portfolio. As a result of our particularly high concentration of real estate loans, our portfolio had been and remains particularly susceptible to significant credit losses during economic downturns and adverse changes in the real estate market.

 

16



 

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Additional loan losses may occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than we have experienced to date.

 

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our loan customers may not repay their loans according to their terms and that the collateral or guarantees securing these loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. Our current allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses. We may experience significant loan losses that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, which are regularly reevaluated and are based in part on:

 

·                  current economic conditions and their estimated effects on specific borrowers;

 

·                  an evaluation of the existing relationships among loans, potential loan losses and the present level of the allowance for loan and lease losses;

 

·                  results of examinations of our loan portfolios by regulatory agencies; and

 

·                  management’s internal review of the loan portfolio.

 

In determining the size of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions, as well as the requirements of any supervisory action taken by the bank’s regulators and other regulatory input. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover the losses. Because of the uncertainty in the economy, volatility in the credit and real estate markets, including specifically, the deterioration in the Hawaii and California real estate markets and our high concentration of commercial real estate loans, we made significant enhancements to our allowance for loan and lease losses over the past several years and may need to make additional enhancements in the future. In addition, third parties, including our federal and state regulators, periodically evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses and may communicate with us concerning the methodology or judgments that we have raised in determining the allowance for loan and lease losses. As a result of this input, we may be required to assign different grades to specific credits, increase our provision for loan and lease losses, and/or recognize further loan charge offs.

 

Our ability to use net operating loss carry forwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited or restricted.

 

We have generated significant net operating losses (“NOLs”) as a result of our prior losses. We generally are able to carry NOLs forward to reduce taxable income in future years. However, our ability to utilize the NOLs is subject to the rules of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 382 generally restricts the use of NOLs after an “ownership change.” An ownership change occurs if, among other things, the shareholders (or specified groups of shareholders) who own or have owned, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of a corporation’s common stock or are otherwise treated as 5% shareholders under Section 382 and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder increase their aggregate percentage ownership of that corporation’s stock by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of the stock owned by these shareholders over a three-year rolling period. In the event of an ownership change, Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of taxable income a corporation may offset with NOL carry forwards. This annual limitation is generally equal to the product of the value of the corporation’s stock on the date of the ownership change, multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate published monthly by the Internal Revenue Service. Any unused annual limitation may be carried over to later years until the applicable expiration date for the respective NOL carryforwards.

 

17



 

In order to reduce the likelihood that transactions in our common stock will result in an ownership change, on November 23, 2010, we adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, which provides an economic disincentive for any person or group to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common stock. On January 29, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan to extend it for up to an additional two years (until February 18, 2016). To further protect our NOL carryforwards, on May 2, 2011, we filed the Protective Charter Amendment to restrict transfers of our common stock if the effect of the transfer would be to cause the transferee to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”) or cause the beneficial ownership of our common stock by any Threshold Holder to increase. On January 29, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Protective Charter Amendment to extend it for up to an additional two years (to May 2, 2016). Our shareholders approved the extension of the Protective Charter Amendment on April 25, 2014. However, we cannot ensure that our ability to use our NOLs to offset income will not become limited in the future. As a result, we could pay taxes earlier and in larger amounts than would be the case if our NOLs were available to reduce our federal income taxes without restriction.

 

Our ability to maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity and required capital levels may be negatively impacted by uncertainty in the economic environment which may, among other things, impact our ability to satisfy our obligations.

 

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of investments or loans, and other sources would have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include concerns regarding deterioration in our financial condition, increased regulatory actions against us and a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans or deposits are concentrated. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial industry in light of the past turmoil faced by banking organizations and the credit markets.

 

The management of liquidity risk is critical to the management of our business and our ability to service our customer base. In managing our balance sheet, our primary source of funding is customer deposits. Our ability to continue to attract these deposits and other funding sources is subject to variability based upon a number of factors including volume and volatility in the securities’ markets, our financial condition, our credit rating and the relative interest rates that we are prepared to pay for these liabilities. The availability and level of deposits and other funding sources is highly dependent upon the perception of the liquidity and creditworthiness of the financial institution, which perception can change quickly in response to market conditions or circumstances unique to a particular company. Concerns about our past and future financial condition or concerns about our credit exposure to other persons could adversely impact our sources of liquidity, financial position, including regulatory capital ratios, results of operations and our business prospects.

 

If the level of deposits were to materially decrease, we would need to raise additional funds by increasing the interest that we pay on certificates of deposits or other depository accounts, seek other debt or equity financing or draw upon our available lines of credit. We rely on commercial and retail deposits, and to a lesser extent, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve discount window, to fund our operations. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future if, among other things, our results of operations or financial condition or the results of operations or financial condition of the FHLB or market conditions were to change.

 

Our line of credit with the FHLB serves as our primary outside source of liquidity. The Federal Reserve discount window also serves as an additional outside source of liquidity. Borrowings under this arrangement are through the Federal Reserve’s primary facility under the borrower-in-custody program. The duration of borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window are generally for a very short period, usually overnight. In the event that these outside sources of liquidity become unavailable to us, we will need to seek additional sources of liquidity, including selling assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sell assets at a level to allow us to repay borrowings or meet our liquidity needs.

 

18



 

We constantly monitor our activities with respect to liquidity and evaluate closely our utilization of our cash assets; however, there can be no assurance that our liquidity or the cost of funds to us may not be materially and adversely impacted as a result of economic, market, or operational considerations that we may not be able to control.

 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings.

 

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings and profitability depend significantly on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. If market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will work against us and our earnings may be negatively affected. In light of our current volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, our net interest margin could be expected to remain relatively constant during periods of rising interest rates, and to decline slightly during periods of falling interest rates. We are unable to predict or control fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by many factors, including the following:

 

·                  inflation;

 

·                  recession;

 

·                  changes in unemployment;

 

·                  the money supply;

 

·                  international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets; and

 

·                  governmental actions.

 

Our asset/liability management strategy may not be able to control our risk from changes in market interest rates and it may not be able to prevent changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. From time to time, we may reposition our assets and liabilities to reduce our net interest income volatility. Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Governmental regulation and regulatory actions against us may further impair our operations or restrict our growth.

 

We are subject to significant governmental supervision and regulation. These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Statutes and regulations affecting our business may be changed at any time and the interpretation of these statutes and regulations by examining authorities may also change. In addition, regulations may be adopted which increase our deposit insurance premiums and enact special assessments which could increase expenses associated with running our business and adversely affect our earnings.

 

19



 

There can be no assurance that such statutes and regulations, any changes thereto or to their interpretation will not adversely affect our business. In particular, these statutes and regulations, and any changes thereto, could subject us to additional costs (including legal and compliance costs), limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. In addition to governmental supervision and regulation, we are subject to changes in other federal and state laws, including changes in tax laws, which could materially affect us and the banking industry generally. We are subject to the rules and regulations of the FRBSF, the FDIC and the DFI, and may be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated by the CFPB. In addition, we are subject to the rules and regulation of the NYSE and the SEC. If we fail to comply with federal and state regulations, the regulators may limit our activities or growth, impose fines on us or in the case of our bank regulators, ultimately require our bank to cease its operations. Bank regulations can hinder our ability to compete with financial services companies that are not regulated in the same manner or are less regulated. Federal and state bank regulatory agencies regulate many aspects of our operations. These areas include:

 

·                  the capital that must be maintained;

 

·                  the kinds of activities that can be engaged in;

 

·                  the kinds and amounts of investments that can be made;

 

·                  the locations of offices;

 

·                  insurance of deposits and the premiums that we must pay for this insurance;

 

·                  procedures and policies we must adopt; and

 

·                  how much cash we must set aside as reserves for deposits.

 

In addition, bank regulatory authorities have the authority to bring enforcement actions against banks and bank holding companies, including the bank and CPF, for unsafe or unsound practices in the conduct of their businesses or for violations of any law, rule or regulation, any condition imposed in writing by the appropriate bank regulatory agency or any written agreement with the authority. Enforcement actions against us could include a federal conservatorship or receivership for the bank, the issuance of additional orders that could be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, the issuance of directives to enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, the termination of insurance of deposits, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

 

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

 

The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control and compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

20



 

New regulatory capital standards impose enhanced capital adequacy requirements on us.

 

Increased regulatory capital requirements (and the associated compliance costs) which have been adopted by federal banking regulators impose additional capital requirements on our business. The administration of existing capital adequacy laws as well as adoption of new laws and regulations relating to capital adequacy, or more expansive or aggressive interpretations of existing laws and regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations and could substantially restrict our ability to pay dividends, repurchase any of our capital stock, or pay executive bonuses. In addition, increased regulatory capital requirements could require us to raise additional capital which would dilute our existing shareholders at the time of such capital issuance.

 

If we are unable to effectively manage the composition of our investment securities portfolio, which we expect will continue to comprise a significant portion of our earning assets, our net interest income and net interest margin could be adversely affected.

 

Our primary sources of interest income include interest on loans and leases, as well as interest earned on investment securities. Interest earned on investment securities represented 25.1% of our interest income in the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 25.4% of our interest income in the year ended December 31, 2013. Accordingly, effectively managing our investment securities portfolio to generate interest income while managing the composition and risks associated with that portfolio, including the mix of government agency and non-agency securities, has become increasingly important. If we are unable to effectively manage our investment securities portfolio or if the interest income generated by our investment securities portfolio declines, our net interest income and net interest margin could be adversely affected.

 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our deposit customers may pursue alternatives to deposits at our bank or seek higher yielding deposits causing us to incur increased funding costs.

 

Checking and savings account balances and other forms of deposits can decrease when our deposit customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or other non-depository investments as providing superior expected returns or seek to spread their deposits over several banks to maximize FDIC insurance coverage. Furthermore, technology and other changes have made it more convenient for the bank’s customers to transfer funds into alternative investments including products offered by other financial institutions or non-bank service providers. Additional increases in short-term interest rates could increase transfers of deposits to higher yielding deposits. Efforts and initiatives we undertake to retain and increase deposits, including deposit pricing, can increase our costs. When the bank’s customers move money out of bank deposits in favor of alternative investments or into higher yielding deposits, or spread their accounts over several banks, we can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, thus increasing our funding costs.

 

21



 

The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

The FRB regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the net interest margin. It also can materially decrease the value of financial assets we hold, such as debt securities.

 

In an effort to stimulate the economy, the federal government and its agencies have taken various steps to keep interest rates at extremely low levels. Our net interest income and net interest margin may be negatively impacted by a prolonged low interest rate environment like we are currently experiencing as it may result in us holding lower yielding loans and securities on our balance sheet, particularly if we are unable to replace the maturing higher yielding assets with similar higher yielding assets. Changes in the slope of the yield curve, which represents the spread between short-term and long-term interest rates, could also reduce our net interest income and net interest margin. Historically, the yield curve is upward sloping, meaning short-term rates are lower than long-term rates. When the yield curve flattens, as is the case in the current interest rate environment, our net interest income and net interest margin could decrease as our cost of funds increases relative to the yield we can earn on our assets.

 

If we continue to see an improvement in national economic conditions or other changes occur, there is a potential that the FRB will increase interest rates. Should the FRB raise interest rates significantly and rapidly, there is potential for decreased demand for our loan products, an increase in our cost of funds, and curtailment of the current economic recovery.

 

Changes in FRB policies and our regulatory environment generally are beyond our control, and we are unable to predict what changes may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

We rely on dividends from our subsidiaries for most of our revenue.

 

Because we are a holding company with no significant operations other than our bank, we depend upon dividends from our bank for a substantial portion of our revenues.

 

Hawaii law only permits the bank to pay dividends out of retained earnings as defined under Hawaii banking law (“Statutory Retained Earnings”), which differs from GAAP retained earnings. At December 31, 2014, the bank had Statutory Retained Earnings of $123.8 million.

 

Our ability to pay cash dividends to our shareholders is subject to restrictions under federal and Hawaii law, including restrictions imposed by the FRB and covenants set forth in various agreements we are a party to, including covenants set forth in our subordinated debentures.

 

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

As a financial institution, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents that may be committed against us or our clients, which may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our clients, disclosure or misuse of our information or our client information, misappropriation of assets, privacy breaches against our clients, litigation, or damage to our reputation. Such fraudulent activity may take many forms, including check fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, phishing, social engineering and other dishonest acts. Information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents may include fraudulent or unauthorized access to systems used by us or our clients, denial or degradation of service attacks, and malware or other cyber-attacks. In recent periods, there continues to be a rise in electronic fraudulent activity, security breaches and cyber-attacks within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector due to cyber criminals targeting commercial bank accounts. Consistent with industry trends, we have also experienced an increase in attempted electronic fraudulent activity, security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents in recent periods. Moreover, in recent periods, several large corporations, including financial institutions and retail companies, have suffered major data breaches, in some cases exposing not only confidential and proprietary corporate information, but also sensitive financial and other personal information of their customers and employees and subjecting them to potential fraudulent activity. Some of our clients may have been affected by these breaches, which increase their risks of identity theft, credit card fraud and other fraudulent activity that could involve their accounts with us.

 

22



 

Information pertaining to us and our clients is maintained, and transactions are executed, on the networks and systems of us, our clients and certain of our third party partners, such as our online banking or reporting systems. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to protect us and our clients against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our clients’ confidence. Breaches of information security also may occur, and in infrequent cases have occurred, through intentional or unintentional acts by those having access to our systems or our clients’ or counterparties’ confidential information, including employees. In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, vulnerabilities in thirdparty technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to protect data about us, our clients and underlying transactions, as well as the technology used by our clients to access our systems. Although we have developed, and continue to invest in, systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks and periodically test our security, our inability to anticipate, or failure to adequately mitigate, breaches of security could result in: losses to us or our clients; our loss of business and/or clients; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses; disruption to our business; our inability to grow our online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability — any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

More generally, publicized information concerning security and cyber-related problems could inhibit the use or growth of electronic or web-based applications or solutions as a means of conducting commercial transactions. Such publicity may also cause damage to our reputation as a financial institution. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We continually encounter technological change.

 

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. In addition, there are a limited number of qualified persons in our local marketplace with the knowledge and experience required to effectively maintain our information technology systems and implement our technology initiatives. Failure to successfully attract and retain qualified personnel, or keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are implementing changes to our operations to improve our efficiency ratio that may adversely impact our results of operations.

 

We have completed or are in progress with several initiatives to improve our efficiency ratio. Several key initiatives involve changes to our technology and information systems including outsourcing the data centers and hardware for our core information technology system and items processing function to Fiserv, Inc., which is our existing core software application provider, and designing, developing, and implementing our data warehouse and customer relationship management programs. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2013, we began to implement a staff right-sizing plan which was completed in 2014. With the assistance of third-party consultants, we have completed comprehensive assessments and plans and are effectively managing and monitoring the execution of these initiatives. However, as a result of the significance of the changes, we could experience adverse effects on our operations. These adverse effects may include system transactional or reporting errors and delays, short-term reduced productivity, undesired personnel turnover, and loss of key customer relationships. If any of these effects were to occur, it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Additionally, these changes could require us to change our internal and management control environment.

 

23



 

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to various legal claims and litigation.

 

From time to time, customers, employees and others that we do business with, or are regulated by, as well as our shareholders, can make claims and take legal action against us. Regardless of whether these claims and legal actions are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact customer demand for our products and services. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Even if these claims and legal actions do not result in a financial liability or reputational damage, defending these claims and actions have resulted in, and will continue to result in, increased legal and professional services costs, which adds to our noninterest expense and negatively impacts our operating results.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area.

 

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks within the various markets we operate. Additionally, various out of state banks conduct significant business in the market areas in which we currently operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings banks, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries.

 

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

 

24



 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

·                  the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;

 

·                  the ability to expand our market position;

 

·                  the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

 

·                  the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

 

·                  customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

 

·                  industry and general economic trends.

 

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The soundness of our financial condition may also affect our competitiveness. Customers may decide not to do business with the bank due to its financial condition.

 

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects.

 

Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there is a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the regional banking industry, especially in the Hawaii market. The process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategies is often lengthy. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, loan origination, finance, administrative, marketing, and technical personnel, and upon the continued contributions of our management and personnel. In particular, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the abilities of key executives, including our Chief Executive Officer, our Presidents who are our Chief Banking Officer and our Chief Operating Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Chief Risk Officer and certain other employees.

 

Our business could be adversely affected by unfavorable actions from rating agencies.

 

Ratings assigned by ratings agencies to us, our affiliates or our securities may impact the decision of certain customers, in particular, institutions, to do business with us. A rating downgrade or a negative rating could adversely affect our deposits and our business relationships.

 

We may suffer substantial losses due to our agreements to indemnify investors who invested in our Company in 2011 against a broad range of potential claims.

 

In our agreements with certain investors who provided us with capital in 2011 (the “Private Placement”), we agreed to indemnify the investors for a broad range of claims, including losses resulting from the inaccuracy or breach of representations or warranties made by us in such agreements and the breach by us to perform our covenants contained in such agreements. While these indemnities are subject to various limitations, if claims were successfully brought against us, it could potentially result in significant losses for the Company.

 

25



 

As a result of the recapitalization, Carlyle and Anchorage are substantial holders of our common stock.

 

Following the closing of our recapitalization in 2011, the two lead investors in the recapitalization, Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (“Carlyle”) and ACMO CPF, L.L.C. (“Anchorage”) each became beneficial owners of our outstanding common stock. As of December 31, 2014, each of Carlyle and Anchorage owns approximately 23% of our common stock and each has the ability to designate a representative on our Board of Directors so long as each owns 10% or more of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, Anchorage and Carlyle have influence over the election of directors to our board and over corporate policy, including decisions to enter into mergers or other extraordinary transactions. In addition, Carlyle and Anchorage each have certain preemptive rights to maintain their respective fully diluted percentage ownership of our common stock in the event of certain issuances of securities by us so long as each owns 10% or more of our outstanding common stock. In pursuing their economic interests, Anchorage and Carlyle may make decisions with respect to fundamental corporate transactions that may not be aligned with the interests of other shareholders.

 

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures could adversely affect our ability to report our financial condition and results of operations accurately and on a timely basis.

 

A failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures could adversely affect our ability to report our financial results accurately and on a timely basis, which could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reporting or adversely affect our access to sources of liquidity. Furthermore, because of the inherent limitations of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls and fraud, even effective internal controls may not prevent or detect all misstatements.

 

Risk Factors Related to Our Securities

 

The market price of our common stock could decline.

 

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

·                  failure to comply with all of the requirements of any governmental orders or agreements we may become subject to and the possibility of resulting action by the regulators;

 

·                  deterioration of asset quality;

 

·                  the incurrence of losses;

 

·                  actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

 

·                  changes in revenue or earnings/losses estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

 

·                  failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings/losses estimates;

 

·                  speculation in the press or investment community;

 

·                  strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

·                  additions or departures of key personnel;

 

26



 

·                  actions by institutional shareholders;

 

·                  fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

 

·                  future sales of our common stock, including sales of our common stock in short sale transactions;

 

·                  general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

 

·                  proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

 

·                  breaches in our security systems and loss of customer data;

 

·                  anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or

 

·                  domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.

 

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, have experienced significant volatility over the past few years. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. In addition, sales of shares by investors in the Private Placement may cause our share price to decrease. Accordingly, the common stock that you purchase may trade at a price lower than that at which they were purchased. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent individual shareholders from being able to sell their shares when they want or at prices they find attractive.

 

A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for shareholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

 

The transferability of our common stock is limited as a result of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan and the Protective Charter Amendment.

 

As described under “—Risk Factors Related to our Business—Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited or restricted,” we have generated significant NOLs as a result of our prior losses. In order to reduce the likelihood that transactions in our common stock would result in an ownership change, on November 23, 2010, we adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, which provides an economic disincentive for any person or group to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common stock. On January 29, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an extension of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan by up to an additional two years (until February 18, 2016). To further protect our NOLs, we filed the Protective Charter Amendment on May 2, 2011 to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase. On January 29, 2014 our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Protective Charter Amendment to extend it for up to an additional two years (until May 2, 2016). Our shareholders approved the extension of the Protective Charter Amendment on April 25, 2014.

 

The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan and the Protective Charter Amendment have the effect of limiting transferability of our common stock because they may make it more difficult and more expensive to acquire our common stock under the circumstances described above and, in the case of the Protective Charter Amendment, prohibit certain acquisitions of our common stock as described above. These transfer restrictions may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Company and make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to consummate an acquisition of the Company. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for our common shares and may limit a shareholder’s ability to dispose of our common shares by reducing the class of potential acquirers for our common shares.

 

27



 

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and applicable federal and state law may limit the ability of another party to acquire us, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

Various provisions of our restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and certain other actions we have taken could delay or prevent a third-party from acquiring us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. These include, among other things, the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, the Protective Charter Amendment and the authorization to issue “blank check” preferred stock by action of the Board of Directors acting alone, thus without obtaining shareholder approval. In addition, applicable provisions of federal and state law require regulatory approval in connection with certain acquisitions of our common stock and supermajority voting provisions in connection with certain transactions. These provisions of our restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and federal and state law may prevent a merger or acquisition that would be attractive to shareholders and could limit the price investors would be willing to pay in the future for our common stock.

 

Resales of our common stock in the public market may cause the market price of our common stock to fall.

 

We issued a large number of common stock to the investors in the Private Placement. Carlyle and Anchorage (the “Lead Investors”) have certain registration rights with respect to the common stock held by them. The registration rights for the Lead Investors will allow them to sell their common stock without compliance with the volume and manner of sale limitations under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. The market value of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by the Lead Investors from time to time of a substantial amount of the common stock held by them.

 

Our common stock is equity and therefore is subordinate to our subsidiaries’ indebtedness and preferred stock.

 

Our common stock constitutes equity interests and does not constitute indebtedness. As such, common stock will rank junior to all current and future indebtedness and other non-equity claims on us with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us, including in the event of our liquidation. We may, and the bank and our other subsidiaries may also, incur additional indebtedness from time to time and may increase our aggregate level of outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2014, we had $90.0 million in face amount of trust preferred securities outstanding and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon of $0.2 million. We also had short-term borrowings of $38.0 million as of December 31, 2014. Additionally, holders of common stock are subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of any holders of our preferred stock that may be outstanding from time to time. The Board of Directors is authorized to cause us to issue additional classes or series of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. If we issue preferred shares in the future that have a preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, or if we issue preferred shares with voting rights that dilute the voting power of the common stock, then the rights of holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

There is a limited trading market for our common stock and as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you pay for them.

 

Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NYSE, the volume of trading in our common shares is lower than many other companies listed on the NYSE. A public trading market with depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the market of willing buyers and sellers of our common shares at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control.

 

Our common stock is not insured and you could lose the value of your entire investment.

 

An investment in our common stock is not a deposit and is not insured against loss by the government.

 

28



 

ITEM 1B.                                       UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

Certifications

 

We have filed the required certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Last year, we submitted to the NYSE on April 25, 2014 our annual CEO certification regarding the Company’s compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards. This year, we intend to submit to the NYSE our annual CEO certification within 30 days of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders, which is scheduled for April 24, 2015.

 

ITEM 2.                                                PROPERTIES

 

We hold title to the land and building in which our Main branch office and headquarters, Hilo branch office, Kailua-Kona branch office, Pearl City branch office and certain operations offices are located. We also hold title to portions of the land our University branch office and operations center are located. The remaining lands on which the University branch office and operations center are located are leased, as are all remaining branch and support office facilities. We also own four floors of a commercial office condominium in downtown Honolulu where certain administrative and support operations are located.

 

We occupy or hold leases for approximately 40 other properties including office space for our remaining branches. These leases expire on various dates through 2038 and generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from five to 15 years. For additional information relating to lease rental expense and commitments as of December 31, 2014, see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

ITEM 3.                                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Certain claims and lawsuits have been filed or are pending against us arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, all such matters are of a nature that, if disposed of unfavorably, would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

 

ITEM 4.                                                MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable

 

29



 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.                                                MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “CPF.” Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock, based on the market price of the common stock and assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the Russell 2000 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Commercial Bank Index for the five year period commencing December 31, 2009 and ending December 31, 2014. The graph assumes the investment of $100 on December 31, 2009.

 

Indexed Total Annual Return

(as of December 31, 2014)

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Index

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

 

$

100.00

 

$

116.79

 

$

49.31

 

$

59.50

 

$

77.31

 

$

84.38

 

Russell 2000

 

100.00

 

126.86

 

121.56

 

141.43

 

196.34

 

205.95

 

S&P 600 Commercial Bank Index

 

100.00

 

118.20

 

118.83

 

136.60

 

207.10

 

214.19

 

 

30



 

The following table sets forth information on the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by the NYSE, for each full quarterly period within 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

20.52

 

$

17.76

 

$

16.65

 

$

15.20

 

Second quarter

 

20.75

 

17.64

 

18.84

 

14.71

 

Third quarter

 

20.38

 

17.12

 

19.21

 

16.75

 

Fourth quarter

 

21.61

 

17.51

 

20.26

 

17.14

 

 

As of February 13, 2015, there were 2,649 shareholders of record, excluding individuals and institutions for which shares were held in the names of nominees and brokerage firms.

 

Dividends

 

The following table sets forth information on dividends declared per share of common stock for each quarterly period within 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

0.08

 

$

 

Second quarter

 

0.08

 

 

Third quarter

 

0.10

 

0.08

 

Fourth quarter

 

0.10

 

0.08

 

 

The holders of our common stock share proportionately, on a per share basis, in all dividends and other distributions declared by our Board of Directors.

 

Under the terms of our trust preferred securities, our ability to pay dividends with respect to common stock was restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities were brought current. Our obligations on our outstanding trust preferred securities were brought current in the first quarter of 2013.

 

Additionally, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain dividends from our bank. As a Hawaii state-chartered bank, the bank may only pay dividends to the extent it has retained earnings as defined under Hawaii banking law (“Statutory Retained Earnings”), which differs from GAAP retained earnings. As of December 31, 2014, the bank had Statutory Retained Earnings of $123.8 million. In 2013, in light of the Company’s improved capital position and financial condition, our Board of Directors in consultation with our regulators, reinstated and declared quarterly cash dividends on the Company’s outstanding common shares.

 

Dividends are payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors and there can be no assurance that the Board of Directors will continue to pay dividends at the same rate, or at all, in the future. Our ability to pay cash dividends to our shareholders is subject to restrictions under federal and Hawaii law, including restrictions imposed by the FRB and covenants set forth in various agreements we are a party to, including covenants set forth in our subordinated debentures.

 

See “Part I, Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation — Regulatory Actions” for a discussion on regulatory restrictions. For additional information regarding our previous election to defer payments on our trust preferred securities, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

31



 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

During the second quarter of 2014, we discovered that common stock that was not registered with the SEC was sold to certain participants, through their investment in our unitized common stock fund, in the Central Pacific Bank 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”). Under terms of the Plan, participants may invest Plan contributions for an interest in the common stock fund which is primarily comprised of shares of our common stock, and to a lesser extent, cash. The unregistered shares of our common stock held in the common stock fund are purchased by our Plan trustee from the open market; hence, these purchases do not represent any additional equity dilution of our outstanding shares. We do not receive any proceeds from these transactions.

 

Under applicable federal securities laws, certain participants may have a right to rescind, and to require us to repurchase, their purchases of our common stock (through their investment in the common stock fund) for an amount equal to the price paid for the securities, plus interest. Generally, the federal statute of limitations applicable to such rescission rights is one year. Additionally, we may be subject to potential civil and other penalties by regulatory authorities as a result of this registration issue.

 

Based on our estimates, we do not believe the amount of potential liability associated with the securities subject to rescission rights is material to our financial condition or results of operations. As of December 31, 2014, we estimate that there were 2,383 shares of our common stock in the Plan that were purchased within a one-year period would potentially be subject to rescission rights. These securities continue to be reflected in stockholders’ equity in our balance sheet.

 

On June 18, 2014, we filed a new registration statement on Form S-8 to register 250,000 shares for future sales of our common stock through our common stock fund under the Plan.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

In January 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to 60,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “2008 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2008 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. A total of 55,000 shares remained available for repurchase under the 2008 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2013. In January 2014, the 2008 Repurchase Plan and the remaining 55,000 shares were superseded by the Tender Offer and Repurchase Agreements with our Lead Investors.

 

On May 20, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to $30.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock (the “2014 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2014 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.

 

In 2014, 857,554 shares of common stock, at a cost of $16.5 million, were repurchased. A total of $13.5 million remained available for repurchased under the 2014 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2014. The table below sets forth certain information concerning repurchases of our securities during the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

32



 

 

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum

 

 

 

Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number

 

Number of

 

Dollar Value

 

Dollar Value of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Shares that

 

of Shares

 

Shares that

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased as

 

May Yet Be

 

Purchased as

 

May Yet Be

 

 

 

Total Number

 

Average

 

Part of Publicly

 

Purchased

 

Part of Publicly

 

Purchased

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Announced

 

Under the

 

Announced

 

Under the

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

per Share

 

Programs

 

Program

 

Programs

 

Program

 

October 1-31

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

$

26,588,374

 

November 1-30

 

261,354

 

19.14

 

 

 

5,003,522

 

21,584,852

 

December 1-31

 

415,000

 

19.37

 

 

 

8,036,901

 

13,547,951

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

676,354

 

$

19.28

 

 

 

$

13,040,423

 

$

13,547,951

 

 

In January 2015, our Board of Directors increased the authorization under the share repurchase program by an additional $25.0 million.

 

Information relating to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance is set forth under “Part III, Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

 

ITEM 6.                SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth selected financial information for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2014. This information is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes contained in “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

33



 



 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Selected Financial Data

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Operation Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

149,809

 

$

140,278

 

$

128,445

 

$

136,450

 

$

160,754

 

Total interest expense

 

6,391

 

7,169

 

8,734

 

18,629

 

42,101

 

Net interest income

 

143,418

 

133,109

 

119,711

 

117,821

 

118,653

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

(6,414

)

(11,310

)

(18,885

)

(40,690

)

159,548

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses

 

149,832

 

144,419

 

138,596

 

158,511

 

(40,895

)

Other operating income

 

43,823

 

54,945

 

60,743

 

57,002

 

57,700

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

102,689

 

Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)

 

132,813

 

139,536

 

151,918

 

178,942

 

165,069

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

60,842

 

59,828

 

47,421

 

36,571

 

(250,953

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

20,389

 

(112,247

)

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

40,453

 

172,075

 

47,421

 

36,571

 

(250,953

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (Year-End):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

13,691

 

$

4,256

 

$

120,902

 

$

180,839

 

$

729,014

 

Investment securities (1)

 

1,467,305

 

1,660,046

 

1,698,593

 

1,493,925

 

705,345

 

Loans and leases

 

2,932,198

 

2,630,601

 

2,203,944

 

2,064,447

 

2,169,444

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

74,040

 

83,820

 

96,413

 

122,093

 

192,854

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

29,697

 

32,783

 

37,499

 

41,986

 

44,639

 

Total assets

 

4,852,987

 

4,741,198

 

4,370,368

 

4,132,865

 

3,938,051

 

Core deposits (2)

 

3,306,133

 

3,093,279

 

3,006,657

 

2,786,215

 

2,796,144

 

Total deposits

 

4,110,300

 

3,936,173

 

3,680,772

 

3,443,528

 

3,132,947

 

Long-term debt

 

92,785

 

92,799

 

108,281

 

158,298

 

459,803

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

568,041

 

660,113

 

504,822

 

456,440

 

66,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data (3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$

1.08

 

$

4.10

 

$

1.14

 

$

3.36

 

$

(171.13

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

1.07

 

4.07

 

1.13

 

3.31

 

(171.13

)

Cash dividends declared

 

0.36

 

0.16

 

 

 

 

Book value

 

16.12

 

15.68

 

12.06

 

10.93

 

(42.18

)

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands)

 

37,937

 

42,317

 

42,084

 

36,342

 

1,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return (loss) on average assets

 

0.85

%

3.73

%

1.13

%

0.90

%

(5.74

)%

Return (loss) on average shareholders’ equity

 

6.80

 

27.70

 

9.81

 

9.83

 

(140.73

)

Net income (loss) to average tangible shareholders’ equity

 

6.93

 

28.34

 

10.17

 

10.41

 

(193.24

)

Average shareholders’ equity to average assets

 

12.50

 

13.47

 

11.49

 

9.17

 

4.08

 

Efficiency ratio (4)

 

70.93

 

74.20

 

84.19

 

102.36

 

151.83

 

Net interest margin (5)

 

3.32

 

3.19

 

3.10

 

3.09

 

2.91

 

Net loan charge-offs to average loans and leases

 

0.12

 

0.05

 

0.32

 

1.42

 

6.33

 

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases (6)

 

1.33

 

1.58

 

3.60

 

6.49

 

11.31

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases

 

2.53

 

3.19

 

4.37

 

5.91

 

8.89

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans (6)

 

189.42

 

201.55

 

121.53

 

91.17

 

78.62

 

Dividend payout ratio

 

33.64

 

3.93

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


(1)  Held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost, available-for-sale securities at fair value.

(2)  Noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, and time deposits under $100,000.

(3)  On February 2, 2011, we effected a 1 for 20 reverse stock split on our outstanding common stock.

(4)  The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure which should be read and used in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information. Comparison of our efficiency ratio with those of other companies may not be possible because other companies may calculate the efficiency ratio differently.  Our efficiency ratio is derived by dividing other operating expense by net operating revenue (net interest income plus other operating income). See Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Table 7. Reconciliation to Efficiency Ratio.

(5)  Computed on a taxable equivalent basis using an assumed income tax rate of 35%.

(6)  Nonaccrual loans include nonaccrual loans held for sale.

 

34



 

Five Year Performance Comparison

 

The significant items affecting the comparability of the five years’ performance include:

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

·                  Credit to the provision for loan and lease losses of $6.4 million, $11.3 million, $18.9 million and $40.7 million in 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, compared to a charge of $159.5 million in 2010.

 

Other operating income

 

·                  Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans of $5.5 million, $10.0 million, $17.1 million, $8.1 million and $8.5 million in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively;

 

·                  Net gains on sales of foreclosed assets of $1.0 million, $8.6 million, $5.0 million, $6.8 million and $0.7 million in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively;

 

·                  Gain on early extinguishment of debt of $1.0 million in 2013, compared to a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $6.2 million and $5.7 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively; and

 

·                  Gain on ineffective portion of derivative of $0.1 million and $1.0 million in 2013 and 2011, respectively, compared to a loss on ineffective portion of derivative of $0.1 million in 2012.

 

Other operating expense

 

·                  Share-based compensation expense of $6.1 million, $6.4 million, $4.6 million, $2.6 million and $0.4 million recognized in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively;

 

·                  FDIC insurance premiums of $2.8 million, $2.7 million, $4.9 million, $6.8 million and $12.6 million in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively;

 

·                  Foreclosed asset expense of $1.7 million, $1.0 million, $6.9 million, $11.4 million and $9.6 million in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively;

 

·                  Severance, early retirement, and retention benefits of $0.9 million and $3.0 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively;

 

·                  Branch consolidation and relocation costs of $1.3 million in 2014;

 

·                  Charge for the provision for repurchased residential mortgage loans of $0.5 million, $5.0 million and $6.1 million in 2014, 2011 and 2010, respectively, compared to a credit to the provision for repurchased residential mortgage loans of $0.1 million and $2.0 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively;

 

·                  Credit to the reserve for unfunded loan commitments of $0.4 million, $3.5 million, $1.7 million, and $1.1 million in 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2010, respectively, compared to a charge of $1.6 million in 2011;

 

·                  Contributions to the Central Pacific Bank Foundation of $0.7 million, $0.8 million and $8.5 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively;

 

·                  Write down of assets of $2.6 million, $4.6 million and $1.5 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively;

 

·                  Goodwill impairment charge of $102.7 million in 2010; and

 

·                  Gain on sale of property of $7.7 million in 2010.

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

·                  Income tax expense of $20.4 million in 2014, compared to income tax benefit of $112.2 million in 2013. We did not record income tax expense in 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

35



 

ITEM 7.                                                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Introduction

 

We are a bank holding company that, through our banking subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, offers full service commercial banking in the state of Hawaii.

 

Our products and services consist primarily of the following:

 

·                  Loans: Our loans consist of commercial, commercial mortgage, construction loans, and leases to small and medium-sized companies, business professionals, and real estate developers, as well and residential mortgage and consumer loans to local homebuyers and individuals. Our lending activities contribute to a key component of our revenues—interest income.

 

·                  Deposits: We strive to provide exceptional customer service and products that meet our customers’ needs, like our Value Plus Checking, as well as our Exceptional Checking & Savings and Super Savings accounts. We also maintain a broad branch and ATM network in the state of Hawaii. The interest paid on such deposits has a significant impact on our interest expense, an important factor in determining our earnings. In addition, fees and service charges on deposit accounts contribute to our revenues.

 

Additionally, we offer wealth management products and services, such as non-deposit investment products, annuities, insurance, investment management, asset custody and general consultation and planning services.

 

In this discussion, we have included statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. These statements relate to our future plans and objectives, among other things. By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the results indicated in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could, among others, cause our results to differ, possibly materially, from those indicated in the forward-looking statements are discussed above under “Part 1. Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that Could Affect Future Results” and “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors—Factors that May Affect our Business.”

 

Executive Overview

 

We continued to make significant progress toward a full recovery of our Company in 2014. After three years of net losses in 2008 to 2010, we recorded our fourth consecutive profitable year in 2014. During fiscal 2014, we reported net income of $40.5 million, compared to net income of $172.1 million and $47.4 million in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net income in 2013 included a non-cash income tax benefit of $119.8 million recorded in the first quarter of 2013 related to the reversal of a significant portion of a valuation allowance that was established against the Company’s net DTA during the third quarter of 2009. We also saw continued improvement in our asset quality as we reduced our nonperforming assets by $4.8 million to $42.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $46.8 million at December 31, 2013.

 

As a result of the continued improvement in our credit risk profile, we were able to reduce our allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”), which resulted in a positive impact to earnings. Our total credit costs during fiscal 2014, which include the provision for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”), write-downs of loans classified as held for sale, foreclosed asset expense, gains on sales of foreclosed assets, and the change in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments, totaled a credit of $6.0 million, compared to a credit of $22.4 million in 2013.

 

36



 

With the improving market conditions in Hawaii, together with our efforts to increase market share, we realized strong loan growth of $301.6 million, or 11.5%, as well as an increase of $212.9 million, or 6.9% in our core deposit base in 2014. Our capital position remained strong, supported by four years of profitability and the improvements in our asset quality. As a result of our stable financial performance, all three of the regulatory enforcement actions the bank and CPF were previously subject to have been terminated.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Business Environment

 

While there remains continued uncertainty in the global macroeconomic environment, the U.S. economy has continued to stabilize following the economic downturn caused by disruptions in the financial system beginning in 2007.

 

Despite this stabilization, underutilization of labor forces, a slow recovery in the housing sector, low level of inflation as a result of declining commodity prices and weak global trade have added to the uncertainty surrounding a sustained economic recovery. In addition, downgrades of ratings of foreign debt instruments could raise borrowing costs and adversely impact the mortgage and housing markets.

 

The majority of our operations are concentrated in the state of Hawaii. As a result, our performance is significantly influenced by conditions in the banking industry, macroeconomic conditions and the real estate markets in Hawaii. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by expanding gross state product, low unemployment and rising personal income; while an unfavorable business environment is characterized by the reverse.

 

Hawaii’s general economic conditions continued to improve in 2014. Tourism continues to be Hawaii’s center of strength and its most significant economic driver. Hawaii’s strong visitor industry broke records for arrivals and visitor spending for the third consecutive year in 2014. According to the Hawaii Tourism Authority (“HTA”), 8.3 million total visitors arrived in the state in 2014. This was an increase of 1.3% from the previous high of 8.2 million visitor arrivals in 2013. The HTA also reported that total spending by visitors increased to $14.7 billion in 2014, an increase of $334.5 million, or 2.3%, from the previous high of $14.4 billion in 2013. According to the Hawaii Department of Business Economic Development & Tourism (“DBEDT”), total visitor arrivals and visitor spending are expected to gain 1.9% and 3.6% in 2015, respectively.

 

Hawaii’s labor market conditions continued to improve in 2014. The Department of Labor and Industrial Relations reported that Hawaii’s seasonally adjusted annual unemployment rate improved to 4.0% in December 2014, compared to 4.7% in December 2013. In addition, Hawaii’s unemployment rate in December 2014 of 4.0%, which is among the lowest in the nation, remained below the national seasonally adjusted unemployment rate of 5.6%. DBEDT projects Hawaii’s seasonally adjusted annual unemployment rate to remain stable at 4.1% in 2015.

 

Both real personal income and real gross state product grew by approximately 2.6% in 2014. DBEDT projects real personal income and real gross state product to grow by 2.5% and 2.8%, respectively, in 2015. Based on the recent developments in the national and global economy, the performance of Hawaii’s tourism industry, the labor market conditions in the state, and growth of personal income and tax revenues, DBEDT expects Hawaii’s economy will continue positive growth in 2015.

 

37



 

Historically, real estate lending has been a primary focus for us, including residential mortgage, commercial mortgage and construction loans. As a result, we are dependent on the strength of Hawaii’s real estate market. Home sales in Hawaii and all around the country slowed in 2014. According to the Honolulu Board of Realtors, Oahu unit sales volume decreased by 0.8% for single-family homes and decreased 1.3% for condominiums in 2014 from 2013, due primarily to low inventory of properties on the market. Real estate prices on Oahu, however, continued its moderate appreciation and set new records in 2014. The median resale price in 2014 for single-family homes on Oahu was $675,000, representing an increase of 3.8% from the median resale price of $650,000 in 2013. The median resale price for condominiums on Oahu was $350,000, representing an increase of 5.4% from the median resale price of $332,000 in 2013. We believe the Hawaii real estate market will show improvements in 2015, however, there can be no assurance that this will occur.

 

As we have seen in the past, our operating results are significantly impacted by: (i) the economy in Hawaii, and to a significantly lesser extent, California, and (ii) the composition of our loan portfolio. Loan demand, deposit growth, Provision, asset quality, noninterest income and noninterest expense are all affected by changes in economic conditions. If the residential and commercial real estate markets we have exposure to deteriorate as they did in 2008 through 2010, our results of operations would be negatively impacted. See “—Overview of Results of Operations—Concentrations of Credit Risk” for a further discussion on how a deteriorating real estate market, combined with the elevated concentration risk within our portfolio, could have a significant negative impact on our asset quality and credit losses.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires that management make certain judgments and use certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported and disclosures made. Accounting estimates are deemed critical when a different estimate could have reasonably been used or where changes in the estimate are reasonably likely to occur from period to period and would materially impact our consolidated financial statements as of or for the periods presented. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates noted below with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the accompanying disclosures.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The Allowance is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. We maintain our Allowance at an amount we expect to be sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio. At December 31, 2014, we had an Allowance of $74.0 million, compared to $83.8 million at December 31, 2013.

 

The Company’s approach to developing the Allowance has three basic elements. These elements include specific reserves for individually impaired loans, a general allowance for loans other than those analyzed as individually impaired, and an unallocated reserve. These three methods are explained below.

 

Specific Reserve

 

Individually impaired loans in all loan categories are evaluated using one of three valuation methods as prescribed under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-10, Fair Value of Collateral, Observable Market Price, or Cash Flow. A loan is generally evaluated for impairment on an individual basis if it meets one or more of the following characteristics: risk-rated as substandard, doubtful or loss, loans on nonaccrual status, troubled debt restructures, or any loan deemed prudent by management to so analyze. If the valuation of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the deficiency will be charged off against the Allowance or, alternatively, a specific reserve will be established and included in the overall Allowance balance. As of December 31, 2014, this specific reserve represented $1.5 million of the total Allowance, compared to $0.3 million at December 31, 2013.

 

38



 

General Allowance

 

In determining the general allowance component of the Allowance, the Company utilizes a comprehensive approach to segment the loan portfolio into homogenous groups. Six criteria divide the Company’s loan portfolio into 128 homogenous subsectors. First, loans are divided by general geographic region (U.S. Mainland and Hawaii). Second, loans are subdivided according to FDIC classification (Construction, Commercial Mortgage, Commercial, Financial and Agricultural, Leases, Residential Mortgage, Consumer). Third, loans within the Construction category are further subdivided by collateral type (Commercial and Residential). Fourth, loans within the Residential Mortgage category are further subdivided by ownership type (Investor-owned and Owner-occupied). Fifth, loans are subdivided by state or for some, by county (All Hawaii, Hawaii Island, Kauai, Maui, Oahu, Other Hawaii, All U.S. Mainland, Los Angeles/Orange County CA, Riverside/San Bernardino CA, Sacramento/Placer/El Dorado/Yolo CA, San Diego CA, Washington/Oregon, Other U.S. Mainland). Finally, loans are further subdivided by risk rating (Pass, Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful).

 

For the purpose of determining general allowance loss factors, loss experience is derived from charge-offs and recoveries.  A charge-off occurs when the Company makes the determination that an amount of debt is deemed to be uncollectible. Loans are also charged off when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and it is possible to make a reasonable estimate of the loss. Charge-offs are classified into subsectors according to the underlying loan’s primary geography, loan category, collateral type (if applicable), investment type (if applicable), state/county, and the risk rating of the loan one year prior to the charge-off. A recovery occurs when a loan that is classified as a bad debt was either partially or fully charged off and has been subsequently recovered. Recoveries are classified according to the subsector of the earliest associated charge-off of the loan within a selected look-back period. The cumulative charge-offs are determined by summing all subsector-specific charge-offs that occurred within the selected look-back period and the cumulative recoveries are determined by summing the subsector-specific recoveries for each subsector.  Subsector losses are measured by subtracting each subsector’s cumulative recoveries from their respective cumulative charge-offs. Subsector losses are then divided by the subsector loan balance averaged over the look-back period to determine each subsector’s historical loss rate.

 

From 2010 through 2013, the calculation of subsector loss factors involved a look-back period of eight quarters (for loans secured by real estate by FDIC classifications) or four quarters (for all other loans). The Company’s then rapidly evolving loss experience necessitated the use of shorter loss analysis periods in order to ensure that loss rates would be adequately responsive to changes in loss experience. During that period, the Company considered recent loss data to be more relevant to the current period under analysis. The look-back period was also consistent with commentary provided by our primary banking regulator following our 2010 Safety and Soundness Examination.

 

As economic conditions continued to improve and stabilize through 2014, the Company experienced improving credit quality trends that contributed to consistent reductions to the Allowance. Given the diminishing loss rates, in the first quarter of 2014 the look-back period for loans secured by real estate was extended from 8 quarters to 17 quarters, with the intention of extending the look-back period each quarter thereafter to a total of 24 quarters or six years to incorporate broader loss experience through a more complete economic cycle. This would also reduce the Company’s reliance on proxy loss rates by capturing more of the Company’s own historical loss experience in the extended look-back period. The longer look-back period is appropriate in light of the Company’s limited loss experience throughout the recent economic recovery and stabilization. Additionally, as economic conditions have stabilized through 2014, lower loss rate volatility has diminished the need for shorter loss analysis periods that are more responsive to shifts in loss experience. The enhanced methodology does not incorporate data before 2010 due to the anomalous loss activity during that time period that may cause pre-2010 internal loss data to be an inappropriate representation of the current inherent risk in the Company’s loan portfolio. In our revised approach, the losses during the six year look-back period will be weighted to place more emphasis on recent loss experience. Also in late 2013, the Company received guidance from its primary banking regulator supporting the use of extended loss analysis periods. The Supervisory Examiner recommended a periodic reassessment of the look-back period and suggested that a look-back period beyond eight quarters may be more reasonable given the then current economic conditions and portfolio performance.

 

39



 

Application of Proxies

 

The Company applies external proxies for minimum loss rates in those loan categories with no associated loss experience during the prescribed look-back period, including criticized credits. The Company believes the use of external proxies is a prudent approach versus using a zero loss factor for those loan categories that do not have loss experience in the look-back period.  The external proxies used are based on four select credit loss rates tracked by Moody’s Investor Service.

 

The following table describes the Moody’s loss rate that is applied as a proxy to each loan category when no associated loss experience is registered in a subsector of the loan category over the relevant look-back period.

 

Loan Segment

 

Proxy- Moody’s Loss Rate

Commercial, Financial and Agricultural

 

Maximum of Last 5 Yrs’ Annual Corporate Bond Loss Rate

Construction

 

Cumulative 2-Yr U.S. CMBS Loss Rate

Commercial Mortgage

 

Cumulative 2-Yr U.S. CMBS Loss Rate

Residential Mortgage

 

Cumulative 2-Yr U.S. RMBS/HEL Loss Rate

Consumer

 

1-Yr U.S. ABS excl. HEL Loss Rate

Leases

 

Maximum of Last 5 Yrs’ Annual Corporate Bond Loss Rate

 

In those loan categories described in the table above, specific loss rate proxies are applied based on the equivalence of respective risk ratings between the proxy rate and the loan subsector. Based on the conformity of risk characterizations, B-rated proxy rates are matched to substandard loan segments (risk rating 6), Ba-rated proxy rates are matched to special mention loan segments (risk rating 5), and Aaa, Aa, A and Baa-rated proxy rates are matched to risk ratings strong quality, above average quality, average quality, and acceptable quality, respectively (risk ratings 1, 2, 3 and 4).

 

For pass rated loan segments with no associated loss experience during the respective prescribed look-back periods, the proxy loss rate is determined by weighting each proxy loss rate (ratings Aaa, Aa, A and Baa) by the loan balance in each equivalent risk rating (strong, above average, average and acceptable quality, respectively).

 

In assessing the appropriateness of Moody’s proxy rates, the Company conducted a comprehensive review of other potential sources of proxy loss data, evaluated the qualitative and quantitative factors influencing the relevance and reliability of proxy data, and performed a correlation analysis to determine the co-dependency of historical loss ratios with Moody’s loss rates. The analysis compared historical loss ratios in each loan category to the associated Moody’s loss rates over ten years.

 

An analysis of the correlation between historical loss ratios and Moody’s loss rates revealed that the two metrics demonstrated a directionally consistent loss relationship in nearly every rating group and exhibited average to strong correlation across all rating groups in almost every segment. Given the results of the correlation analysis, the Company deemed application of these proxy loss rates to be reasonable and supportable.

 

Qualitative Adjustments

 

Our Allowance methodology uses qualitative adjustments for economic/market conditions and Company-specific conditions. The Company-specific condition factor is applied on a category basis and the economic/market conditions factor is applied on a regional/geographic basis. Two key indicators, personal income and unemployment, comprise the economic/market adjustment factor.

 

40



 

Personal income is analyzed by comparing average quarter-to-quarter percentage change trends reported by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis. Specifically, the rolling four quarter average percentage change in personal income is calculated and compared to a baseline historical factor, calculated as the average quarter-to-quarter percentage change over the prior ten years. The difference between the current average change and the historical average change is utilized as the personal income component of the economic/market adjustment factor.

 

The second component of the economic/market factor, unemployment, is derived by comparing the current quarter unemployment rate, reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, to its ten year historical average. A constant scaling factor is applied to the difference between the current rate and the historical average in order to smooth significant period-to-period fluctuations. The result is utilized as the unemployment component of the economic factor. The personal income factor and unemployment factor are added together to determine each region’s total economic/market adjustment factor.

 

The general allowance also incorporates qualitative adjustment factors that capture company-specific conditions for which national/regional statistics are not available, or for which significant localized market specific events have not yet been captured within regional statistics or the Company’s historical loss experience. Since we cannot predict with certainty the amount of loan and lease charge-offs that will be incurred and because the eventual level of loan and lease charge-offs are impacted by numerous conditions beyond our control, we use our historical loss experience adjusted for current conditions to determine both our Allowance and Provision. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our Allowance. The determination of the Allowance requires us to make estimates of losses that are highly uncertain and involves a high degree of judgment. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes in the estimate of the Allowance and related Provision could materially affect our operating results.

 

The sum of each subsector’s historical loss rate plus a region-specific economic/market qualitative adjustment and category-specific other qualitative adjustment, as discussed in the above “Application of Proxies” section, is then multiplied by the subsector’s period-ending loan balance to determine each subsector’s general allowance provision. The sum of the 128 subsector general allowance provisions represents the general allowance provision of the entire portfolio. As of December 31, 2014, this general allowance represented $68.5 million of the total Allowance, compared to $77.5 million at December 31, 2013.

 

Unallocated Reserve

 

The Company maintains an unallocated Allowance amount to provide for other credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio that may not have been contemplated in the credit loss factors. The unallocated reserve is a measure to address judgmental estimates that are inevitably imprecise and it reflects an adjustment to the Allowance that is not attributable to specific categories of the loan portfolio. The unallocated reserve is distinct from and not captured in the Company’s qualitative adjustments in the general component of the Allowance. These qualitative adjustments only capture direct and specific risks to our portfolio, whereas the unallocated reserve is intended to capture broader national and global economic risks that could potentially have a ripple effect on our loan portfolio.

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, an unallocated estimate of $4.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively, was based on the Company’s recognition of domestic (U.S. mainland) and international events that pose heightened volatility in the isolated Hawaiian market. Examples of such stressors are acts of terrorism, pandemic events, energy price volatility and Federal budget changes. Any of these in isolation or combination could have significant effects on the two key drivers of the Hawaiian economy: tourism and Federal spending.

 

Although the Company does not have direct exposure to the economic and political crises occurring internationally, the ripple effect of continuous uncertainty surrounding ultimate resolution, along with quantifiable measures once achieved, may result in increased risk to the Company from the standpoint of consequences to its customer base and impacts on the Hawaii tourism market.

 

41



 

In the second quarter of 2014, the Company adopted an enhancement which limits the unallocated component of the Allowance as a percentage of the then current general component of the Allowance, rounded upward to the nearest $500,000. This is derived by taking the historical average of the percentage of the unallocated component to the general component over the maximum look-back period prescribed in our methodology. The unallocated amount may be maintained at higher levels during times of economic stress conditions on a local or global basis.

 

Reserve for Unfunded Loan Commitments

 

Our process for determining the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is consistent with our process for determining the Allowance and is adjusted for estimated loan funding probabilities. The reserve for unfunded loan commitments is recorded separately through a valuation allowance included in other liabilities. Credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are deducted from the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures in the period in which the liability is settled. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit losses is established by a charge to other operating expense. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, our reserve for unfunded loan commitments totaled $1.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale consists of the following two types: (1) Hawaii residential mortgage loans that are originated with the intent to sell them in the secondary market and (2) non-residential mortgage loans in both Hawaii and the U.S. Mainland that were originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio but were subsequently transferred to the held for sale category. Hawaii residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis while the non-residential Hawaii and U.S. Mainland loans are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis.

 

When a non-residential mortgage loan is transferred to the held for sale category, the loan is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Any reduction in the loan’s value is reflected as a write-down of the recorded investment resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the Allowance. In subsequent periods, if the fair value of a loan classified as held for sale is less than its cost basis, a valuation adjustment is recognized in our consolidated statement of income in other operating expense and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted accordingly. The valuation adjustment may be recovered in the event that the fair value increases, which is also recognized in our consolidated statement of income in other operating expense.

 

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. We report the fair values of the non-residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale net of applicable selling costs on our consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, all of our loans held for sale were Hawaii residential mortgage loans.

 

Reserve for Residential Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses

 

We sell residential mortgage loans on a “whole-loan” basis to government-sponsored entities (“GSEs” or “Agencies”) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and also to non-agency investors. These loan sales occur under industry standard contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties, which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan and other similar matters. We may be required to repurchase certain loans sold with identified defects, indemnify the investor, or reimburse the investor for any credit losses incurred. We establish mortgage repurchase reserves related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate for which we have a repurchase obligation. The reserves are established by a charge to other operating expense in our consolidated statements of income. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, this reserve totaled $2.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

42



 

The repurchase reserve is applicable to loans we originated and sold with representations and warranties, which is representative of the entire sold portfolio. Originations for agency and non-agency investors for vintages 2005 through 2014 were approximately $4.6 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively. Representations and warranties relating to borrower fraud generally are enforceable for the life of the loan, whereas early payment default clauses generally expire after 90 days, depending on the sales contract. We estimate that outstanding loans sold that have early payment default clauses as of December 31, 2014 total approximately $65.3 million.

 

The repurchase loss liability is estimated by origination year to capture certain characteristics of each vintage. To the extent that repurchase demands are made by investors, we may be able to successfully appeal such repurchase demands. However, our appeals success may be affected by the reasons for repurchase demands, the quality of the demands, and our appeals strategies. Repurchase and loss estimates are stratified by vintage, based on actual experience and certain assumptions relative to potential investor demand volume, appeals success rates, and losses recognized on successful repurchase demands.

 

Loans repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2014 totaled approximately $1.2 million. In 2012, additional reserves were established as an unallocated component in recognition of the emergence of make-whole demands. The establishment of an unallocated component considers anticipated future losses and our lack of historical experience with the make-whole demands. Repurchase activity by vintage and investor type are depicted in Table 1 below.

 

Table 1. Repurchase Demands, Appeals, Repurchased and Pending Resolution

 

 

 

Government Sponsored Entities

 

Non-GSE Investors

 

Vintage

 

Repurchase
Demands

 

Appeals
Granted

 

Repurchased

 

Pending
Resolution

 

Repurchase
Demands

 

Appeals
Granted

 

Repurchased

 

Pending
Resolution

 

Year ended December 31, 2014 [1]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005 and prior

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

1

 

1

 

2006

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

1

 

 

1

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

2008

 

5

 

3

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

Total

 

10

 

4

 

5

 

1

 

7

 

2

 

3

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013 [2]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005 and prior

 

2

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

3

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

6

 

1

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

15

 

6

 

6

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

3

 

2

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

1

 

1

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

37

 

19

 

13

 

5

 

2

 

 

1

 

1

 

 


[1] Based on repurchase requests received between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014.

[2] Based on repurchase requests received between January 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013.

 

43



 

The reserve for residential mortgage loan repurchase losses of $2.7 million at December 31, 2014 represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we may incur due to the representations and warranties in our loan sales contracts with investors. This represents a decrease of $0.3 million from December 31, 2013. The table below shows changes in the repurchase losses liability.

 

Table 2. Changes in the Reserve for Residential Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

2,949

 

$

3,552

 

Change in estimate

 

467

 

(130

)

Utilizations

 

(731

)

(473

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

2,685

 

$

2,949

 

 

Our capacity to estimate repurchase losses is improving as we record additional experience. Repurchase losses depend upon economic factors and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans. Additionally, lack of access to the servicing records of loans sold on a service released basis adds difficulty to the estimation process, thus requiring considerable management judgment. To the extent that future investor repurchase demand and appeals success differ from past experience, we could have increased demands and increased loss severities on repurchases, causing future additions to the repurchase reserve.

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

Other intangible assets include a core deposit premium and mortgage servicing rights.

 

Our core deposit premium is being amortized over 14 years which approximates the estimated life of the purchased deposits. The carrying value of our core deposit premium is periodically evaluated to estimate the remaining periods of benefit. If these periods of benefit are determined to be less than the remaining amortizable life, an adjustment to reflect such shorter life will be made.

 

We utilize the amortization method to measure our mortgage servicing rights. Under the amortization method, we amortize our mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income. Income generated as the result of new mortgage servicing rights is reported as gains on sales of loans. Amortization of the servicing rights is reported as amortization of other intangible assets in our consolidated statements of income. Ancillary income is recorded in other income. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold to third-parties with servicing of those loans retained and we classify our entire mortgage servicing rights into one class.

 

Initial fair value of the servicing right is calculated by a discounted cash flow model prepared by a third party service provider based on market value assumptions at the time of origination and we assess the servicing right for impairment using current market value assumptions at each reporting period. Critical assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service and ancillary income. Variations in our assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values. Changes to our assumptions are made when current trends and market data indicate that new trends have developed. Current market value assumptions based on loan product types (fixed rate, adjustable rate and balloon loans) include average discount rates and national prepayment speeds. Many of these assumptions are subjective and require a high level of management judgment. Our mortgage servicing rights portfolio and valuation assumptions are periodically reviewed by management.

 

The fair value of our mortgage servicing rights is validated by first ensuring the completeness and accuracy of the loan data used in the valuation analysis. Reconciliation is performed by comparing the loan data from our loan system to a valuation report prepared by a third party. Additionally, the critical assumptions which come from the third party are reviewed by management. This review may include comparing actual assumptions to forecast or evaluating the reasonableness of market assumptions by reviewing them in relation to the values and trends of assumptions used by peer banks. The validation process also includes reviewing key metrics such as the fair value as a percentage of the total unpaid principal balance of the mortgages serviced, and the resulting percentage as a multiple of the net servicing fee. These key metrics are tracked to ensure the trends are reasonable, and are periodically compared to peer banks.

 

44


 

 


 

Prepayment speeds may be affected by economic factors such as home price appreciation, market interest rates, the availability of other credit products to our borrowers and customer payment patterns. Prepayment speeds include the impact of all borrower prepayments, including full payoffs, additional principal payments and the impact of loans paid off due to foreclosure liquidations. As market interest rates decline, prepayment speeds will generally increase as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. As prepayment speeds increase, anticipated cash flows will generally decline resulting in a potential reduction, or impairment, to the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights. Alternatively, an increase in market interest rates may cause a decrease in prepayment speeds and therefore an increase in fair value of mortgage servicing rights.

 

We perform an impairment assessment of our other intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable. Our impairment assessments involve, among other valuation methods, the estimation of future cash flows and other methods of determining fair value. Estimating future cash flows and determining fair values is subject to judgments and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The variability of the factors we use to perform our impairment tests depend on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events and cash flows. All such factors were interdependent and, therefore, do not change in isolation. Accordingly, our accounting estimates may materially change from period to period due to changing market factors.

 

During the second quarter of 2012, we evaluated the recoverability of the intangible assets on our customer relationships and non-compete agreements related to the acquisition of Pacific Islands Financial Management. Upon completion of this review, we determined that the intangible assets related to our customer relationships and non-compete agreements were both fully impaired, and thus, we recorded impairment charges to other operating expense totaling $0.9 million during the second quarter of 2012.

 

Deferred Tax Assets and Tax Contingencies

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance may be required if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the DTAs will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years, to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies that could be implemented to accelerate taxable income, if necessary. If our estimates of future taxable income were materially overstated or if our assumptions regarding the tax consequences of tax planning strategies were inaccurate, some or all of our DTAs may not be realized, which would result in a charge to earnings. In 2009, we established a full valuation allowance against our net DTAs. See “— Overview of Results of Operations — Income Taxes” below. The quarter ended March 31, 2013 marked our ninth consecutive quarter of profitability. Based on this earnings performance trend, improvements in our financial condition, asset quality and capital ratios and the expectation of continued profitability, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that our net DTA would be realized. As a result, in the first quarter of 2013, the Company reversed a significant portion of the valuation allowance.

 

We have established income tax contingency reserves for potential tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Tax benefits are recognized when we determine that it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Where uncertainty exists due to the complexity of income tax statutes and where the potential tax amounts are significant, we generally seek independent tax opinions to support our positions. If our evaluation of the likelihood of the realization of benefits is inaccurate, we could incur additional income tax and interest expense that would adversely impact earnings, or we could receive tax benefits greater than anticipated which would positively impact earnings.

 

45



 

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

 

Defined benefit plan obligations and related assets of our defined benefit retirement plan are presented in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In 2002, the defined benefit retirement plan was curtailed and all plan benefits were fixed as of that date. Plan assets, which consist primarily of marketable equity and debt securities, are typically valued using market quotations. Plan obligations and the annual pension expense are determined by independent actuaries through the use of a number of assumptions. Key assumptions in measuring the plan obligations include the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In determining the discount rate, we utilize a yield that reflects the top 50% of the universe of bonds, ranked in the order of the highest yield. Asset returns are based upon the anticipated average rate of earnings expected on the invested funds of the plans.

 

At December 31, 2014, we used a weighted-average discount rate of 4.0% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 7.0%, which affected the amount of pension liability recorded as of year-end 2014 and the amount of pension expense to be recorded in 2015. At December 31, 2013, we used a weighted-average discount rate of 4.7% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 7.5% in determining the pension liability recorded as of year-end 2013 and the amount of pension expense recorded in 2014. For both the discount rate and the asset return rate, a range of estimates could reasonably have been used which would affect the amount of pension expense and pension liability recorded.

 

An increase in the discount rate or asset return rate would reduce pension expense in 2014, while a decrease in the discount rate or asset return rate would have had the opposite effect. A 0.25% change in the discount rate assumption would impact 2015 pension expense by less than $0.1 million and year-end 2014 pension liability by $1.0 million, while a 0.25% change in the asset return rate would impact 2015 pension expense by less than $0.1 million.

 

Overview of Results of Operations

 

2014 vs. 2013 Comparison

In 2014, we recognized net income of $40.5 million, or $1.07 per diluted common share, compared to net income of $172.1 million, or $4.07 per diluted common share, in 2013. Net income in 2013 included a non-cash income tax benefit of $119.8 million recorded in the first quarter of 2013 related to the reversal of a significant portion of a valuation allowance that was established against the Company’s net DTA during the third quarter of 2009. Excluding this income tax benefit, net income for 2013 was $52.3 million, or $1.24 per diluted common share.

 

Total credit costs, which include the Provision, write-downs of loans classified as held for sale, foreclosed asset expense, gains on sales of foreclosed assets, and the change in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments, amounted to a credit of $6.0 million in 2014, compared to a credit of $22.4 million in 2013.

 

The decrease in net income from 2013 to 2014 was due primarily to an income tax benefit of $112.2 million recorded in 2013, which included the aforementioned reversal of a significant portion of a valuation allowance on our net DTA, compared to income tax expense of $20.4 million recorded in 2014. In addition, we recorded a credit to the Provision of $11.3 million in 2013, compared to a credit to the Provision of $6.4 million in 2014, and we also experienced a decrease in other operating income of $11.1 million from 2013 to 2014. The decrease in other operating income was due primarily to lower net gains on sales of foreclosed assets of $7.6 million and lower net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans of $4.4 million.

 

46



 

Offsetting these decreases was an increase in net interest income of $10.3 million and a decrease in other operating expense of $6.7 million. The increase in net interest income was due primarily to an increase in interest-earnings assets from 2013 to 2014, combined with an increase in yields earned on the assets. The decrease in other operating expense was due primarily to lower salaries and employee benefits of $8.4 million and lower amortization of intangible assets of $2.1 million, partially offset by higher computer software expense of $1.7 million.

 

Our net income on average assets and average shareholders’ equity for 2014 was 0.85% and 6.80%, respectively, compared to 3.73% and 27.70%, respectively, in 2013.

 

2013 vs. 2012 Comparison

In 2013, we recognized net income of $172.1 million, or $4.07 per diluted common share, compared to net income of $47.4 million, or $1.13 per diluted common share, in 2012. Net income in 2013 included a non-cash income tax benefit of $119.8 million recorded in the first quarter of 2013 related to the reversal of a significant portion of a valuation allowance that was established against the Company’s net DTA during the third quarter of 2009. Excluding this income tax benefit, net income for 2013 was $52.3 million, or $1.24 per diluted common share.

 

Total credit costs, which include the Provision, write-downs of loans classified as held for sale, foreclosed asset expense, gains on sales of foreclosed assets, and the change in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments, amounted to a credit of $22.4 million in 2013, compared to a credit of $16.1 million in 2012. Our operating results in 2013 were positively impacted by an income tax benefit for 2013 of $112.2 million, an increase in net interest income of $13.4 million, and a decrease in other operating expense of $12.4 million, offset by a lower credit to the provision for loan and lease losses of $7.6 million and lower other operating income of $5.8 million. Our net income on average assets and average shareholders’ equity for 2013 was 3.73% and 27.70%, respectively, compared to 1.13% and 9.81%, respectively, in 2012.

 

Net Interest Income

 

The following table sets forth information concerning average interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the yields and rates thereon. Net interest income, when expressed as a percentage of average interest earning assets, is referred to as “net interest margin.” Interest income, which includes loan fees and resultant yield information, is expressed on a taxable equivalent basis using an assumed income tax rate of 35%. Table 4 presents an analysis of changes in components of net interest income between years. For each category of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to: (i) changes in volume (change in volume of the asset multiplied by the prior year’s rate) and (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by the current year’s volume).

 

47



 

Table 3. Average Balances, Interest Income and Expense, Yields and Rates (Taxable Equivalent)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Yield/

 

Amount

 

Average

 

Yield/

 

Amount

 

Average

 

Yield/

 

Amount

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

of Interest

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

of Interest

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

of Interest

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

13,207

 

0.25

%

$

33

 

$

81,249

 

0.25

%

$

203

 

$

114,438

 

0.25

%

$

285

 

Taxable investment securities (1)

 

1,344,821

 

2.50

 

33,597

 

1,534,136

 

2.05

 

31,521

 

1,521,164

 

1.89

 

28,819

 

Tax-exempt investment securities (1)

 

178,275

 

3.45

 

6,148

 

177,510

 

3.51

 

6,232

 

83,663

 

4.25

 

3,557

 

Loans and leases, including loans held for sale (2)

 

2,798,826

 

4.01

 

112,137

 

2,394,955

 

4.36

 

104,479

 

2,130,758

 

4.55

 

97,029

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

45,185

 

0.10

 

46

 

47,202

 

0.05

 

24

 

48,654

 

 

 

Total interest earning assets

 

4,380,314

 

3.47

 

151,961

 

4,235,052

 

3.36

 

142,459

 

3,898,677

 

3.33

 

129,690

 

Nonearning assets

 

379,502

 

 

 

 

 

375,770

 

 

 

 

 

308,978

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,759,816

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,610,822

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,207,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

764,504

 

0.05

%

$

373

 

$

708,658

 

0.05

%

$

349

 

$

615,960

 

0.05

%

$

339

 

Savings and money market deposits

 

1,227,049

 

0.07

 

901

 

1,191,919

 

0.07

 

894

 

1,163,963

 

0.09

 

1,006

 

Time deposits under $100,000

 

254,572

 

0.42

 

1,069

 

285,042

 

0.46

 

1,301

 

326,288

 

0.59

 

1,937

 

Time deposits $100,000 and over

 

804,863

 

0.17

 

1,384

 

769,672

 

0.19

 

1,500

 

652,339

 

0.27

 

1,751

 

Short-term borrowings

 

31,732

 

0.29

 

92

 

1,988

 

0.32

 

6

 

11

 

0.67

 

 

Long-term debt

 

92,790

 

2.77

 

2,572

 

104,373

 

2.99

 

3,119

 

109,791

 

3.37

 

3,701

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

3,175,510

 

0.20

 

6,391

 

3,061,652

 

0.23

 

7,169

 

2,868,352

 

0.30

 

8,734

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

938,078

 

 

 

 

 

849,371

 

 

 

 

 

773,768

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

51,003

 

 

 

 

 

73,040

 

 

 

 

 

72,131

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

4,164,591

 

 

 

 

 

3,984,063

 

 

 

 

 

3,714,251

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

595,210

 

 

 

 

 

621,282

 

 

 

 

 

483,435

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

5,477

 

 

 

 

 

9,969

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

595,225

 

 

 

 

 

626,759

 

 

 

 

 

493,404

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

4,759,816

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,610,822

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,207,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

145,570

 

 

 

 

 

$

135,290

 

 

 

 

 

$

120,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

3.32

%

 

 

 

 

3.19

%

 

 

 

 

3.10

%

 

 

 


(1)  At amortized cost.

(2)  Includes nonaccrual loans.

 

48



 

Table 4. Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income (Taxable Equivalent)

 

 

 

2014 Compared to 2013

 

2013 Compared to 2012

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

Due to Change In:

 

Net

 

Due to Change In:

 

Net

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Change

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Change

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

(170

)

$

 

$

(170

)

$

(82

)

$

 

$

(82

)

Taxable investment securities

 

(3,881

)

5,957

 

2,076

 

245

 

2,457

 

2,702

 

Tax-exempt investment securities

 

27

 

(111

)

(84

)

3,988

 

(1,313

)

2,675

 

Loans and leases, including loans held for sale

 

17,609

 

(9,951

)

7,658

 

12,031

 

(4,581

)

7,450

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

(1

)

23

 

22

 

 

24

 

24

 

Total interest earning assets

 

13,584

 

(4,082

)

9,502

 

16,182

 

(3,413

)

12,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

28

 

(4

)

24

 

46

 

(36

)

10

 

Savings and money market deposits

 

25

 

(18

)

7

 

25

 

(137

)

(112

)

Time deposits under $100,000

 

(140

)

(92

)

(232

)

(243

)

(393

)

(636

)

Time deposits $100,000 and over

 

67

 

(183

)

(116

)

317

 

(568

)

(251

)

Short-term borrowings

 

95

 

(9

)

86

 

13

 

(7

)

6

 

Long-term debt

 

(346

)

(201

)

(547

)

(183

)

(399

)

(582

)

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

(271

)

(507

)

(778

)

(25

)

(1,540

)

(1,565

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

13,855

 

$

(3,575

)

$

10,280

 

$

16,207

 

$

(1,873

)

$

14,334

 

 

Net interest income is our primary source of earnings and is derived primarily from the difference between the interest we earn on loans and investments versus the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income (expressed on a taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $145.6 million in 2014, increasing by $10.3 million, or 7.6%, from $135.3 million in 2013, which increased by $14.3 million, or 11.9%, from net interest income of $121.0 million recognized in 2012. The increase in net interest income for 2014 was primarily the result of a significant increase in average loans and leases as we continued to redeploy our excess liquidity into higher yielding assets. Also contributing to the increase was the 45 basis points (“bp”) increase in average yields earned on our taxable investment securities. Offsetting these increases was a decline in average yields earned on our loans and leases portfolio of 35 bp.

 

Average rates earned on our interest-earning assets increased by 11 bp in the year ended December 31, 2014, from the year ended December 31, 2013. Average rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities in the year ended December 31, 2014 declined by 3 bp, compared to the same period in 2013. The improvement in average yields earned on our interest earning assets in 2014 was directly attributable to the 45 bp increase in average yields earned on our taxable investment securities, an increase in our higher yielding loans and leases portfolio, and the corresponding decreases in our lower yielding interest-bearing deposits in other banks and taxable investment securities portfolio.

 

In the second quarter of 2014, $162.3 million in available-for-sale securities were sold as part of a balance sheet optimization strategy designed to improve our interest rate risk profile. Investment securities sold had a weighted average life of 5.7 years, average yield of 2.68%, and resulted in a gain of $0.2 million.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we executed a bond swap where we sold $271.5 million in lower-yielding available-for-sale agency debentures and agency mortgage-backed securities with an average net yield of 1.87% and a weighted average life of 2.9 years and reinvested the majority of the proceeds in $242.5 million of higher-yielding agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, and corporate bond securities with an average yield of 3.21% and a weighted average life of 7.4 years. The new securities were classified in the available-for-sale portfolio and a net gain of $0.5 million was realized on the transaction. This transaction contributed to the significant increase in average yields earned on our taxable investment securities.

 

49



 

Interest Income

 

Our primary sources of interest income include interest on loans and leases, which represented 73.8%, 73.3%, and 74.8% of interest income in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, as well as interest earned on investment securities, which represented 26.2%, 26.5%, and 25.0% of interest income, respectively. Interest income expressed on a taxable-equivalent basis of $152.0 million in 2014 increased by $9.5 million, or 6.7%, from the $142.5 million earned in 2013, which decreased by $12.8 million, or 9.8%, from the $129.7 million earned in 2012.

 

As depicted in Table 4, the increase in interest income in 2014 from the prior year was primarily due to a significant increase in average loans and leases balances and the increase in average taxable investment securities yields, partially offset by a decrease in average loan yields and the decrease in average taxable investment securities balances. The $403.9 million increase in average loans and leases contributed to an increase of $17.6 million in current year interest income. In addition, the 45 bp increase in average taxable investment securities yields in 2014 contributed to $6.0 million in higher interest income for the current year. These increases were partially offset by the 35 bp decrease in average loan yields in 2014 which contributed to $10.0 million in lower interest income for 2014. The $189.3 million decrease in average taxable investment securities contributed to a decrease of $3.9 million in current year interest income.

 

The increase in interest income in 2013 from 2012 was primarily due to a significant increase in average loans and leases and investment securities balances and the increase in average taxable investment securities yields, partially offset by a decrease in average loan yields and the decrease in average tax-exempt investment securities yields. The $264.2 million increase in average loans and leases contributed to an increase of $12.0 million of interest income and the $93.8 million increase in average tax-exempt investment securities contributed to an increase of $4.0 million of interest income. In addition, the 16 bp increase in average taxable investment securities yields in 2013 contributed to an increase of $2.5 million of interest income. These increases were partially offset by the 19 bp decrease in average loan yields in 2013 which contributed to $4.6 million in lower interest income for 2013. The 74 bp decrease in average tax-exempt investment securities yields in 2013 contributed to $1.3 million of the reduction in interest income.

 

Interest Expense

 

In 2014, interest expense was $6.4 million which represented a decrease of $0.8 million, or 10.9%, compared to interest expense of $7.2 million in 2013, which decreased by $1.6 million, or 17.9%, compared to $8.7 million in 2012.

 

Declines in average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities were reflective of the FRB’s notably low interest rate policy that existed throughout 2014, 2013 and 2012 and contributed to the overall reduction in interest expense during the periods. In 2014, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 3 bp to 0.20%, compared to 0.23% in 2013. Decreases in the average rates paid on long-term debt of 22 bp, time deposits $100,000 and over of 2 bp, and time deposits under $100,000 of 4 bp, were the primary drivers of the overall decrease in interest expense. Decreases in the average balances of long-term debt of $11.6 million and time deposits under $100,000 of $30.5 million also contributed to the reduction of interest expense in 2014.

 

In 2013, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 7 bp to 0.23%, compared to 0.30% in 2012. Decreases in the average rates paid on time deposits $100,000 and over of 8 bp, long-term borrowings of 38 bp, time deposits under $100,000 of 13 bp, and savings and money market deposits of 2 bp, were the primary drivers of the overall decrease in interest expense. Decreases in the average balances of time deposits under $100,000 of $41.2 million and long-term borrowings of $5.4 million also contributed to the reduction of interest expense in 2013.

 

50


 


 

Net Interest Margin

 

Our net interest margin was 3.32%, 3.19% and 3.10% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The improvement in our net interest margin in 2014 reflected the $403.9 million increase in average loans and leases contributing an increase of $17.6 million in the current year interest income. In addition, reinvestment in higher yielding taxable investment securities resulted in a 45 bp increase in average taxable yields, contributing $6.0 million in higher interest income in 2014. These increases were partially offset by the 35bp decrease in average loan yields, which contributed to the $10.0 million in lower interest income for 2014.

 

Improvement in our net interest margin in 2013 reflected the continued slowing of premium amortization on our mortgage backed securities and reinvestment of cash flow into higher yielding loans and leases and investment securities. Slowing of premium amortization in 2013 was attributed to reduced prepayment speeds on mortgage-backed securities. Reduced prepayment on mortgage backed securities were a result of an increase in intermediate-term yields of approximately 100 bps in 2013. As a result of slower premium amortization, the net interest margin was positively impacted by 5 bps in 2013.

 

The historically low interest rate environment that we continue to operate in is the result of the target Fed Funds rate of 0% to 0.25% initially set by the Federal Reserve in the fourth quarter of 2008 and other economic policies implemented by the FRB, which continued through year end 2014. We continue to expect the target Fed Funds rate to remain low throughout 2015, as longer-term inflation expectations have remained stable. We expect the yield curve to begin to steepen in late 2015 on continued job growth and increases in household spending.  Thus we expect our net interest margin to remain relatively unchanged through 2015 and expand modestly with the economic recovery.

 

Other Operating Income

 

The following table sets forth components of other operating income and the total as a percentage of average assets for the periods indicated.

 

Table 5. Components of Other Operating Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other service charges and fees

 

$

11,754

 

$

12,490

 

$

11,083

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

8,113

 

7,041

 

8,367

 

Loan servicing fees

 

5,798

 

6,057

 

6,486

 

Net gain on sales of residential loans

 

5,545

 

9,986

 

17,095

 

Income from fiduciary activities

 

3,552

 

2,855

 

2,599

 

Income from bank-owned life insurance

 

2,922

 

2,333

 

2,899

 

Net gain on sales of foreclosed assets

 

971

 

8,584

 

4,999

 

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

480

 

790

 

574

 

Fees on foreign exchange

 

464

 

508

 

551

 

Loan placement fees

 

437

 

570

 

690

 

Investment securities gains

 

240

 

482

 

789

 

Other

 

3,547

 

3,249

 

4,611

 

Total other operating income

 

$

43,823

 

$

54,945

 

$

60,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other operating income as a percentage of average assets

 

0.92

%

1.19

%

1.44

%

 

Total other operating income of $43.8 million in 2014 decreased by $11.1 million, or 20.2%, from the $54.9 million earned in 2013, which decreased by $5.8 million, or 9.5%, from the $60.7 million earned in 2012.

 

51



 

The decrease in other operating income in 2014 from 2013 was due to lower net gains on sales of foreclosed assets and net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans of $7.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively, and a gain on the early extinguishment of trust preferred debt of $1.0 million (included in other) recorded in 2013. Offsetting these decreases in 2014 were higher income recovered on nonaccrual loans previously written off of $1.4 million (included in other) and service charges on deposit accounts of $1.1 million.

 

In 2013, we recorded lower net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans, rental income on foreclosed properties (included in other), and service charges on deposit accounts of $7.1 million, $3.7 million, and $1.3 million, respectively. Offsetting these decreases in 2013 were higher net gains on sales of foreclosed assets of $3.6 million, a gain on the early extinguishment of trust preferred debt of $1.0 million (included in other), and higher other service charges and fees of $1.0 million.

 

Other Operating Expense

 

The following table sets forth components of other operating expense and the total as a percentage of average assets for the periods indicated.

 

Table 6. Components of Other Operating Expense

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

67,941

 

$

76,294

 

$

69,344

 

Net occupancy

 

15,252

 

14,323

 

13,920

 

Legal and professional services

 

7,806

 

8,094

 

13,824

 

Computer software expense

 

6,327

 

4,579

 

3,961

 

Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets

 

5,332

 

7,418

 

10,179

 

Communication expense

 

3,635

 

3,523

 

3,428

 

Equipment

 

3,582

 

3,676

 

3,966

 

Advertising expense

 

2,342

 

2,666

 

3,516

 

Foreclosed asset expense

 

1,710

 

1,036

 

6,887

 

Write down of assets

 

 

 

2,586

 

Other

 

18,886

 

17,927

 

20,307

 

Total other operating expense

 

$

132,813

 

$

139,536

 

$

151,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other operating expense as a percentage of average assets

 

2.79

%

3.03

%

3.61

%

 

Total other operating expense of $132.8 million in 2014 decreased by $6.7 million, or 4.8%, from total operating expense of $139.5 million in 2013, which decreased by $12.4 million, or 8.2%, compared to 2012.

 

The decrease in total other operating expense in 2014, compared to 2013, was the result of lower salaries and employee benefits and amortization and impairment of intangible assets of $8.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively, and a premium paid in 2013 on the repurchase of preferred stock of two subsidiaries of $1.9 million (included in other). Offsetting these decreases were lower credits to reserves for unfunded loan commitments (included in other) of $3.1 million, higher computer software expense of $1.7 million, and branch consolidation and relocation costs incurred in 2014 of $1.3 million (included in other).

 

The decrease in total other operating expense in 2013, compared to 2012, was the result of lower credit-related charges of $10.2 million, lower legal and professional services of $5.7 million, lower amortization and impairment of other intangible assets of $2.8 million, lower FDIC insurance expense of $2.1 million (included in other), and lower accruals for the settlement of legal proceedings against the Company of $1.8 million (included in other), partially offset by higher salaries and employee benefits of $7.0 million, the aforementioned premium paid on the repurchase of preferred stock of two subsidiaries of $1.9 million (included in other), and lower credit to the reserve for repurchased residential mortgage loan losses of $1.9 million (included in other).

 

52



 

A key measure of operating efficiency tracked by management is the efficiency ratio, which is calculated by dividing other operating expense by total revenue. Management believes that the efficiency ratio provides useful supplemental information that is important to a proper understanding of the company’s core business results by investors. Our efficiency ratio should not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable to the efficiency ratio presented by other companies. Our efficiency ratio decreased to 70.93% in 2014, compared to 74.20% in 2013 and 84.19% in 2012. The decrease in our efficiency ratio was primarily driven by the aforementioned decrease in other operating expenses and increase in net interest income.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation to our efficiency ratio for each of the dates indicated:

 

Table 7. Reconciliation to Efficiency Ratio

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

132,813

 

$

139,536

 

$

151,918

 

$

178,942

 

$

267,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

143,418

 

$

133,109

 

$

119,711

 

$

117,821

 

$

118,653

 

Total other operating income

 

43,823

 

54,945

 

60,743

 

57,002

 

57,700

 

Total revenue

 

$

187,241

 

$

188,054

 

$

180,454

 

$

174,823

 

$

176,353

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

70.93

%

74.20

%

84.19

%

102.36

%

151.83

%

 

Income Taxes

 

In the first quarter of 2013, the Company reversed a significant portion of the valuation allowance that was established against our net DTA during the third quarter of 2009. The valuation allowance was established during 2009 due to uncertainty at the time regarding our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income to fully realize the benefit of our net DTA. The quarter ended March 31, 2013 marked our ninth consecutive quarter of profitability. Based on this earnings performance trend, improvements in our financial condition, asset quality and capital ratios, and the expectation of continued profitability, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a significant portion of our net DTA would be realized. The net impact of reversing the valuation allowance and recording the provision for income tax expense was a net income tax benefit of $119.8 million in the first quarter of 2013.

 

In the second, third and fourth quarters of 2013, the Company recorded income tax expense of $1.9 million, $2.2 million, and $3.4 million, respectively, and ended 2013 with a net income tax benefit of $112.2 million. In 2014, the Company recorded net income tax expense of $20.4 million.

 

In 2013, we decreased our valuation allowance against our net DTAs by $140.8 million, or 95.5%, to $6.7 million at December 31, 2013 from $147.5 million at December 31, 2012. Of the total decrease to the valuation allowance, $132.1 million was recognized as a non-cash credit to income tax expense, while $8.7 million was charged against accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

 

As of December 31, 2014, the remaining valuation allowance on our net DTA totaled $2.8 million which related to our California state income taxes as we do not expect to generate sufficient income in California to utilize the DTA. Net of this valuation allowance, the Company’s net DTA totaled $104.4 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to a net DTA of $137.2 million as of December 31, 2013, and is included in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

53



 

Our effective tax rate was 33.5% in 2014 compared to -187.6% in 2013 and 0% in 2012. Because we recognized a full valuation allowance against our net DTAs in 2012, we did not record any income tax expense or benefit in that period.

 

Financial Condition

 

Total assets of $4.9 billion at December 31, 2014 increased by $111.8 million, or 2.4%, from the $4.7 billion at year-end 2013, and total liabilities of $4.3 billion at December 31, 2014 increased by $203.9 million, or 5.0%, from the prior year. The increase in total assets in 2014 was due primarily to our deposit growth and deployment of these proceeds into higher yielding assets.

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Our lending activities are focused on commercial loans, commercial mortgages, construction loans, and leases to small and medium-sized companies, business professionals, and real estate developers, as well as residential mortgages and consumer loans to local homebuyers and individuals. Our strategy for generating commercial loans has traditionally relied upon teams of commercial real estate and commercial banking officers organized by geographical and industry lines who are responsible for client prospecting and business development.

 

To manage credit risk (i.e., the ability of borrowers to repay their loan obligations), management analyzes the borrower’s financial condition, repayment source, collateral and other factors that could impact credit quality, such as national and local economic conditions and industry conditions related to respective borrowers. The general underwriting guidelines require analysis and documentation to include among other things, overall credit worthiness of borrower, guarantor support, use of funds, loan term, minimum equity, loan-to-value standards, repayment terms, sources of repayment, covenants, pricing, collateral, insurance, and documentation standards.   All loan requests considered by us should be for a clearly defined legitimate purpose with a determinable primary source, as well as alternate sources of repayment. All loans should be supported by appropriate documentation including, current financial statements, credit reports, collateral information, asset verification, tax returns, title reports, and appraisals (where appropriate).

 

We score consumer and small business loans using an underwriting matrix (“Scorecard”) developed based on the results of an analysis from a reputable national credit scoring company commissioned by our Bank. The Scorecard uses the attributes that were determined to most highly correlate with probability of repayment.  Those attributes include (i) credit score, (ii) age of oldest account, (iii) credit limit amount, and (iv) debt-to-income ratio.

 

Loans and leases totaled $2.9 billion at December 31, 2014, increasing by $301.6 million, or 11.5%, from the $2.6 billion at year-end 2013, which increased by $426.7 million, or 19.4%, from the $2.2 billion held at year-end 2012. The increase in our loan portfolio in 2014 was representative of our continued effort to deploy excess liquidity into higher yielding assets. The increase in loans and leases was primarily due to net increases in the residential mortgage, commercial, financial and agricultural, consumer, and construction and development loan portfolios totaling $145.8 million, or 12.8%, $65.0 million, or 16.3%, $54.5 million, or 17.5%, and $38.9 million, or 51.5%, respectively. In addition, we transferred the collateral in six portfolio loans with a carrying value of $2.8 million to other real estate and recorded charge-offs of loans and leases of $9.9 million.

 

54



 

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding loans by category as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 8. Loans by Categories

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

463,763

 

$

398,716

 

$

246,218

 

$

180,704

 

$

207,980

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

114,554

 

75,616

 

96,194

 

161,063

 

313,785

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- residential

 

1,282,324

 

1,136,573

 

966,065

 

844,737

 

690,092

 

- commercial

 

703,273

 

702,767

 

741,580

 

751,431

 

816,475

 

Consumer

 

365,144

 

310,688

 

143,383

 

108,810

 

112,949

 

Leases

 

3,140

 

6,241

 

10,504

 

17,702

 

28,163

 

Total loans and leases

 

2,932,198

 

2,630,601

 

2,203,944

 

2,064,447

 

2,169,444

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

(74,040

)

(83,820

)

(96,413

)

(122,093

)

(192,854

)

Net loans

 

$

2,858,158

 

$

2,546,781

 

$

2,107,531

 

$

1,942,354

 

$

1,976,590

 

 

The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our loan portfolio and related Allowance as of December 31, 2014.

 

Table 9. Geographic Distribution

 

 

 

Hawaii

 

U.S. Mainland

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

287,254

 

$

176,509

 

$

463,763

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

111,010

 

3,544

 

114,554

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- residential

 

1,282,324

 

 

1,282,324

 

- commercial

 

587,322

 

115,951

 

703,273

 

Consumer

 

254,259

 

110,885

 

365,144

 

Leases

 

3,140

 

 

3,140

 

Total loans and leases

 

2,525,309

 

406,889

 

2,932,198

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

(62,685

)

(11,355

)

(74,040

)

Net loans and leases

 

$

2,462,624

 

$

395,534

 

$

2,858,158

 

 

Commercial, Financial and Agricultural

 

Loans in this category consist primarily of term loans and lines of credit to small and middle-market businesses and professionals. The borrower’s business is typically regarded as the principal source of repayment, although our underwriting policy and practice generally requires additional sources of collateral, including real estate and other business assets, as well as personal guarantees where possible to mitigate risk. Risks of credit losses could be greater in this loan category relative to secured loans where a greater percentage of the loan amount is usually covered by collateral. Nonetheless, any collateral or personal guarantees obtained on commercial loans can mitigate the increased risk and help to reduce credit losses.

 

Our historical approach to commercial lending involves teams of lending and cash management personnel who focus on relationship development including loans, deposits and other bank services to new and existing commercial clients.

 

Real Estate—Construction

 

Construction loans include both residential and commercial development projects. Each construction project is evaluated for economic viability. Construction loans pose higher credit risks than typical secured loans. In addition to the financial strength of the borrower, construction loans have the added element of completion risk, which is the risk that the project will not be completed on time and within budget, resulting in additional costs that could affect the economic viability of the project and market risk at the time construction is complete.

 

55



 

Due to the heightened risk of construction lending and declining real estate value, we reduced our exposure to this sector and decreased our construction loan portfolio by $152.7 million in 2011, $64.9 million in 2012, and $20.6 million in 2013. In 2014, as real estate values have shown stability, the portfolio increased by $38.9 million.

 

Interest Reserves

 

Our policies require interest reserves for construction loans, including loans to build commercial buildings, residential developments (both large tract projects and individual houses), and multi-family projects.

 

The outstanding principal balance of loans with interest reserves was $66.5 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $27.4 million in the prior year, while remaining interest reserves was $3.2 million, or 4.9% of the outstanding principal balance of loans with interest reserves at December 31, 2014, compared to $2.4 million, or 8.7% of the outstanding principal balance of loans with interest reserves at December 31, 2013.

 

Interest reserves allow the Company to advance funds to borrowers to make scheduled payments during the construction period. These advances typically are capitalized and added to the borrower’s outstanding loan balance, although we have the right to demand payment under certain circumstances. Our policy is to determine if interest reserve amounts are appropriately included in each project’s construction budget and are adequate to cover the expected duration of the construction period.

 

The amount, terms, and conditions of the interest reserve are established when a loan is originated, although we generally have the option to demand payment if the credit profile of the borrower changes. We evaluate the viability and appropriateness of the construction project based on the project’s complexity and feasibility, the timeline, as well as the creditworthiness of the borrowers, sponsors and/or guarantors, and the value of the collateral.

 

In the event that unfavorable circumstances alter the original project schedule (e.g., cost overruns, project delays, etc.), our policy is to evaluate whether or not it is appropriate to maintain interest capitalization or demand payment of interest in cash and will work with the borrower to explore various restructuring options, which may include obtaining additional equity and/or requiring additional collateral. We may also require borrowers to directly pay scheduled interest payments.

 

Our process for determining that construction projects are moving as planned are detailed in our lending policies and guidelines. Prior to approving a loan, the Company and borrower generally agree on a construction budget, a pro forma monthly disbursement schedule, and sales/leaseback assumptions. As each project progresses, the projections are measured against actual disbursements and sales/lease results to determine if the project is on schedule and performing as planned.

 

The specific monitoring requirements for each loan vary depending on the size and complexity of the project and the experience and financial strength of the borrower, sponsor and/or guarantor. At a minimum, to ensure that loan proceeds are properly disbursed and to assess whether it is appropriate to capitalize interest or demand cash payment of interest, our monitoring process generally includes:

 

·                  Physical inspection of the project to ensure work has progressed to the stage for which payment is being requested;

 

·                  Verification that the work completed is in conformance with plans and specifications and items for which disbursement is requested are within budget; and

 

·                  Determination that there continues to be satisfactory project progress.

 

56



 

In certain rare circumstances, we may decide to extend, renew, and/or restructure the terms of a construction loan. Reasons for the restructure can range from cost overruns to project delays and the restructuring can result in additional funds being advanced or an extension of the maturity date of the loan. Prior to the loan being restructured, our policy is to perform a detailed analysis to ensure that the economics of the project remain feasible and that the risks to the Company are within acceptable lending guidelines.

 

Real Estate—Mortgage

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the composition of the Real Estate—Mortgage loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 10. Mortgage Loan Portfolio Composition

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HELOC

 

$

228,319

 

11.5

%

$

175,612

 

9.6

%

$

154,195

 

9.0

%

$

131,980

 

8.3

%

$

142,445

 

9.5

%

Closed-ended loans

 

1,054,005

 

53.1

 

960,961

 

52.2

 

811,870

 

47.6

 

712,757

 

44.6

 

547,647

 

36.3

 

Total

 

1,282,324

 

64.6

 

1,136,573

 

61.8

 

966,065

 

56.6

 

844,737

 

52.9

 

690,092

 

45.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

703,273

 

35.4

 

702,767

 

38.2

 

741,580

 

43.4

 

751,431

 

47.1

 

816,475

 

54.2

 

Total

 

$

1,985,597

 

100.0

%

$

1,839,340

 

100.0

%

$

1,707,645

 

100.0

%

$

1,596,168

 

100.0

%

$

1,506,567

 

100.0

%

 

Residential

 

Residential mortgage loans include fixed- and adjustable-rate loans primarily secured by single-family owner-occupied residences in Hawaii and home equity lines of credit and loans. Our home equity lines of credit, which typically carry floating interest rates, accounted for approximately 18% of our residential mortgage portfolio. Maximum loan-to-value ratios of 80% are typically required for fixed- and adjustable-rate loans secured by single-family owner-occupied residences, although higher levels are permitted with accompanying mortgage insurance. We emphasize residential mortgage loans for owner-occupied primary residences. First mortgage loans secured by residential properties generally carry a moderate level of credit risk. With an average loan size of approximately $0.4 million, marketable collateral and a Hawaii residential real estate market that has been relatively stable, credit losses on residential mortgages had been minimal during the past several years. However, economic conditions including unemployment levels, future changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact the marketability and value of collateral and thus the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio.

 

Residential mortgage loan balances as of December 31, 2014 totaled $1.3 billion, increasing by $145.8 million, or 12.8%, from the $1.1 billion held at year-end 2013, which increased by $170.5 million, or 17.6%, from the $966.1 million held at year-end 2012. The increase in residential mortgage loan balances was due primarily to the reinvestment of cash flow into higher yielding assets.

 

Residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2014 totaled $9.7 million, a decrease of $2.7 million, or 21.7%, from the December 31, 2013 balance of $12.4 million, which decreased by $25.9 million, or 67.7%, from the December 31, 2012 balance of $38.3 million. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we did not securitize any residential mortgage loans.

 

57



 

Home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) are underwritten according to a policy and guidelines reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors annually. All HELOCs originated since early 2011 have a ten year draw period followed by a 20 year repayment period during which the principal balance will be fully amortized. As of December 31, 2014, 70% of the HELOCS in the portfolio are fully amortizing and the remaining 30% have a balloon payment due at maturity. All HELOCs today are underwritten using a qualifying payment which assumes the line is fully drawn and is amortizing as if was in the repayment period. Underwriting criteria include a minimum FICO score, maximum debt-to-income ratio (DTI), and maximum combined loan-to-value ratio (CLTV). During 2014, the weighted average FICO score for newly originated lines exceeded 760 and the weighted average CLTV was less than 60%. Any underwriting exceptions are recorded and tracked. As of December 31, 2014, more than 30% of all lines in the portfolio were secured by 1st lien mortgages at origination. All HELOCs are monitored based on default, delinquency, end of draw period, and maturity.

 

Commercial

 

Real estate mortgage loans secured by commercial properties continue to represent a sizable portion of our loan portfolio. Our policy with respect to commercial mortgages is that loans be made for sound purposes, have a definite source and/or plan of repayment established at inception, and be backed up by reliable secondary sources of repayment and satisfactory collateral with good marketability. Loans secured by commercial property carry a greater risk than loans secured by residential property due to operating income risk. Operating income risk is the risk that the borrower will be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from the operation of the property. The commercial real estate market and interest rate conditions through economic cycles will impact risk levels.

 

Consumer Loans

 

The following table sets forth the major components of our consumer loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 11. Consumer Loan Portfolio Composition

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

$

150,559

 

41.2

%

$

149,780

 

48.2

%

$

70,219

 

48.9

%

$

64,343

 

59.1

%

$

66,955

 

59.2

%

Other revolving credit plans

 

67,099

 

18.4

 

61,835

 

19.9

 

35,074

 

24.5

 

34,505

 

31.7

 

34,396

 

30.5

 

Student loans

 

57,776

 

15.8

 

15,971

 

5.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

89,710

 

24.6

 

83,102

 

26.8

 

38,090

 

26.6

 

9,962

 

9.2

 

11,598

 

10.3

 

Total

 

$

365,144

 

100.0

%

$

310,688

 

100.0

%

$

143,383

 

100.0

%

$

108,810

 

100.0

%

$

112,949

 

100.0

%

 

For consumer loans, credit risk is managed on a pooled basis. Considerations include an evaluation of the quality, character and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions and past loan loss experience. Consumer loans represent a moderate credit risk. Loans in this category are generally either unsecured or secured by personal assets such as automobiles. The average loan size is generally small and risk is diversified among many borrowers. Our policy is to utilize credit-scoring systems for most of our consumer loans, which offer the ability to modify credit exposure based on our risk tolerance and loss experience.

 

Consumer loans totaled $365.1 million at December 31, 2014, increasing by $54.5 million, or 17.5%, from 2013’s year-end balance of $310.7 million, which increased by $167.3 million, or 116.7%, compared to the $143.4 million held at year-end 2012. At December 31, 2014, automobile loans, primarily indirect dealer loans, comprised 41.2% of consumer loans outstanding.

 

Total automobile loans of $150.6 million at year-end 2014 increased by $0.8 million, or 0.5%, from 2013’s year-end balance of $149.8 million, which increased by $79.6 million, or 113.3%, from $70.2 million at year-end 2012. In 2014, we purchased participation interest in auto loans totaling $11.2 million, which included a $0.3 million premium over the $10.9 million outstanding balance. In 2013, we purchased participation interest in auto loans totaling $67.7 million, which included a $2.8 million premium over the $64.9 million outstanding balance.

 

58



 

In 2014 and 2013, we purchased participation interests in student loans (included in other) totaling $51.5 million and $17.4 million, respectively, which represented the outstanding balance at the time of purchase. We did not have any participation interests in student loans at December 31, 2012.

 

In addition, we issued solar photovoltaic loans (included in other) which totaled $17.7 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $17.9 million at December 31, 2013 and less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2012.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

As of December 31, 2014, approximately $2.1 billion, or 71.6% of loans outstanding were real estate related, including construction loans, residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans.

 

The majority of our loans are made to companies and individuals with headquarters in, or residing in, the states of Hawaii and California. Consistent with our focus of being a Hawaii-based bank, 86% of our loan portfolio was concentrated in the Hawaii market while 14% was concentrated in the U.S. Mainland as of December 31, 2014.

 

Our foreign credit exposure as of December 31, 2014 was minimal and did not exceed 1% of total assets.

 

Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

 

At December 31, 2014, commercial, financial and agricultural loans were 25.8% fixed rate and 74.2% variable rate. Real estate construction loans were 19.0% fixed rate and 81.0% variable rate. Residential mortgage loans, which include home equity lines and loans, were 70.0% fixed rate and 30.0% variable rate. Commercial mortgage loans were 35.1% fixed rate and 64.9% variable rate. Consumer loans were 70.9% fixed rate and 29.1% variable rate.

 

Commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans with variable interest rates are underwritten at the current market rate of interest. For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a fixed rate period that are not fully amortizing, the loans are underwritten at the current market rate of interest. At the expiration of the fixed rate period and/or maturity, the projected loan balance at that time is underwritten at an interest rate based on the current interest rate plus two percent per annum (2.0%).

 

Qualifying payments for our variable rate residential mortgage loans with initial fixed rate periods of five years or less are calculated using the greater of the note rate plus 2% per annum or the fully indexed rate. Payments for our variable rate loans with a fixed-rate period of greater than five years are calculated using the greater of the note rate or the fully indexed rate. The qualifying payment for our HELOCs is based on the fully indexed rate plus the required principal payment due during repayment assuming the line was fully drawn. Our consumer lines of credit use a qualifying payment factor that exceeds the actual fully indexed interest rate.

 

Table 12 sets forth the maturity distribution and sensitivities of the loan portfolio to changes in interest rates at December 31, 2014. Maturities are based on contractual maturity dates and do not factor in principal amortization. This differs from the assumptions used in Table 22. Interest Rate Sensitivity.

 

59



 

Table 12. Maturity Distribution and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

 

 

 

Maturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over one

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year

 

through

 

Over five

 

 

 

 

 

or less

 

five years

 

years

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

$

328

 

$

53,414

 

$

65,997

 

$

119,739

 

With variable interest rates

 

2,180

 

151,196

 

190,648

 

344,024

 

 

 

2,508

 

204,610

 

256,645

 

463,763

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

 

14,730

 

6,999

 

21,729

 

With variable interest rates

 

 

68,928

 

23,897

 

92,825

 

 

 

 

83,658

 

30,896

 

114,554

 

Mortgage - residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

141

 

12,772

 

885,336

 

898,249

 

With variable interest rates

 

450

 

33,824

 

349,801

 

384,075

 

 

 

591

 

46,596

 

1,235,137

 

1,282,324

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

1,302

 

72,565

 

173,121

 

246,988

 

With variable interest rates

 

2,424

 

66,237

 

387,624

 

456,285

 

 

 

3,726

 

138,802

 

560,745

 

703,273

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

37

 

115,046

 

143,826

 

258,909

 

With variable interest rates

 

25,280

 

44,245

 

36,710

 

106,235

 

 

 

25,317

 

159,291

 

180,536

 

365,144

 

Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

197

 

2,943

 

 

3,140

 

With variable interest rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

197

 

2,943

 

 

3,140

 

Total

 

$

32,339

 

$

635,900

 

$

2,263,959

 

$

2,932,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

$

2,005

 

$

271,470

 

$

1,275,279

 

$

1,548,754

 

With variable interest rates

 

30,334

 

364,430

 

988,680

 

1,383,444

 

Total

 

$

32,339

 

$

635,900

 

$

2,263,959

 

$

2,932,198

 

 

Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

As described above under “—Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates,” the Provision is determined by management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio and our assessment of the ability of the Allowance to cover inherent losses. Our methodology for determining the adequacy of the Allowance and Provision takes into account many factors, including the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans, net charge-off experience, current repayment by borrowers, fair value of collateral securing specific loans, changes in lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets we serve.

 

The Company maintains its Allowance at an appropriate level as of a given balance sheet date to absorb management’s best estimate of probable credit losses inherent in its loan portfolios that will likely be realized over various loss emergence periods. These periods are based upon management’s comprehensive analysis of the risk profiles particular to the respective loan portfolios. Analysis of Allowance appropriateness is performed quarterly to coincide with financial disclosure to the public and to the regulatory agencies and is governed by a Board-approved policy and methodology.

 

60



 

The Allowance consists of two components: allocated and unallocated. To calculate the allocated component, we combine specific reserves required for individual loans (including impaired loans), reserves required for pooled graded loans and loan concentrations, and reserves required for homogeneous loans (e.g., consumer loans and residential mortgage loans). We use a loan grading system whereby loans are segregated by risk. Certain graded commercial and commercial real estate loans are analyzed on an individual basis. Other graded loans are analyzed on an aggregate basis based on loss experience for the specific loan type; risks inherent in concentrations by geographic location, collateral or property type; and recent changes in loan grade and delinquencies. The determination of an allocated Allowance for homogeneous loans is done on an aggregate level based upon various factors including historical loss experience, delinquency trends, and economic conditions and are adjusted for qualitative factors including migration and volatility risks. We also use third party inputs as proxies (as described above under “Application of Proxies) for certain segments of loans for which we do not have sufficient historical loss data. The unallocated component of the Allowance incorporates our judgment of the determination of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio, economic uncertainties and imprecision in the estimation process.

 

When segmenting the Company’s loan portfolio, we consider the guidance contained in ASC 310-10-55-16 through 310-10-55-18 by grouping loans that contain similar risk characteristics into various loan categories. The loan categories used are consistent with the internal reports evaluated by the Company’s management and Board of Directors to monitor risk and performance within the various segments of its loan portfolio.

 

Loans are segmented by market (Hawaii and Mainland) and FDIC classifications, then, further segmented by geography, risk rating, and other relevant risk characteristics. The granular segmentation is performed to better account for differences in risk profiles within FDIC classifications attributable to localized market specific or other geographic factors, as based on management’s analysis of the correlation of certain risk characteristics and assessment of their predictive value in terms of probable losses. Loans secured by real estate are further segmented by state, MSA, or county, as appropriate, to account for geographical impacts to historical loss rates. Commercial and Industrial loans are further segmented by product type to account for higher risk associated with unsecured lines to borrowers where source of repayment is real estate related and syndicated national credits. Unsecured lines with real estate related source of repayment have historically had higher delinquency and loss rates. Also, syndicated national credits are considered higher risk as it is a new product to the Bank and the loan size is typically larger.

 

61



 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Allowance as of the dates or for the periods indicated.

 

Table 13. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount of loans outstanding

 

$

2,798,826

 

$

2,394,955

 

$

2,130,758

 

$

2,121,544

 

$

2,716,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

83,820

 

$

96,413

 

$

122,093

 

$

192,854

 

$

205,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

5,046

 

2,812

 

3,779

 

2,401

 

7,550

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

358

 

8,435

 

31,371

 

126,829

 

Mortgage - residential

 

139

 

1,083

 

1,664

 

4,347

 

10,801

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

1,041

 

6,768

 

2,033

 

1,298

 

51,521

 

Consumer

 

3,703

 

1,595

 

1,490

 

2,116

 

3,242

 

Leases

 

8

 

 

28

 

10

 

19

 

Total

 

9,937

 

12,616

 

17,429

 

41,543

 

199,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

2,326

 

1,387

 

1,614

 

1,805

 

2,421

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

2,040

 

3,596

 

6,622

 

6,518

 

13,902

 

Mortgage - residential

 

992

 

1,107

 

876

 

1,033

 

847

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

53

 

4,240

 

488

 

1,034

 

9,472

 

Consumer

 

1,152

 

657

 

1,029

 

1,082

 

1,259

 

Leases

 

8

 

346

 

5

 

 

88

 

Total

 

6,571

 

11,333

 

10,634

 

11,472

 

27,989

 

Net loans charged off

 

3,366

 

1,283

 

6,795

 

30,071

 

171,973

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (credit) charged to operations

 

(6,414

)

(11,310

)

(18,885

)

(40,690

)

159,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

74,040

 

$

83,820

 

$

96,413

 

$

122,093

 

$

192,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to loans and leases outstanding at end of year

 

2.53

%

3.19

%

4.37

%

5.91

%

8.89

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans charged off during year to average loans and leases outstanding during year

 

0.12

%

0.05

%

0.32

%

1.42

%

6.33

%

 

Our Allowance at December 31, 2014 totaled $74.0 million, which represented a decrease of $9.8 million, or 11.7%, from year-end 2013. When expressed as a percentage of total loans and leases, our Allowance decreased to 2.53% at December 31, 2014, from 3.19% at year-end 2013. The decrease in our Allowance during 2014 was a result of a credit to the Provision of $6.4 million recognized during the year and $3.4 million in net loan charge-offs during the year. The decrease in our Allowance as a percentage of total loans and leases from year-end 2013 to year-end 2014 is consistent with our improved credit risk profile as evidenced by a decrease in our nonperforming assets and is consistent with our belief that stabilization in our loan portfolio, the overall economy and the commercial real estate markets both in Hawaii and on the U.S. Mainland is continuing.

 

Our Allowance as a percentage of our nonperforming assets decreased from 179.29% at December 31, 2013 to 176.14% at December 31, 2014. Our Allowance as a percentage of our nonaccrual loans decreased from 201.55% at December 31, 2013 to 189.42% at December 31, 2014.

 

This trend was consistent with the improving credit quality as represented by non-performing assets of $42.0 million, $46.8 million, and $90.0 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $3.4 million, $1.3 million and $6.8 million, respectively.

 

The general component of the Allowance is applicable to performing loans and leases and comprised 92.5%, 92.4% and 90.7% of the total Allowance at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amounts of the general reserves were $68.5 million, $77.5 million and $87.4 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

62



 

The specific component of the Allowance evaluates for impairment and provisions for those loans that meet one or more of the following characteristics: classified as substandard, doubtful or loss, nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructures, or any loans deemed prudent by management to analyze. The specific reserves comprised 2.1%, 0.4% and 3.1% of the total Allowance at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The amounts of the specific reserves were $1.5 million, $0.3 million and $3.0 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

In 2010, the general reserve factors were adjusted to calculate the Allowance for our commercial mortgage portfolios both in Hawaii and on the U.S. Mainland, as well our residential mortgage loan portfolio, including the owner occupied, investor, and home equity segments. Our decision to increase the general reserves established for these loan categories were made after considering various quantitative and qualitative factors. These considerations included, but were not limited to, our recent loss history, a revised assessment of projected national and local economic and market conditions, the potential negative impact that the weak commercial and residential real estate markets may have on these portfolios, and input from our regulators.

 

The historical loss experience used to determine the Allowance was developed based on management’s contention that baseline loss factors should be reflective of variations in risk profile across the risk rating spectrum, and that the consideration of more recent loss data is more relevant to the current period under the analysis and will provide the Bank with a more transparent, clearly defined, and consistent methods of predicting the probable loss. Upon until 2013, the cumulative net losses were traced back two years for the FDIC classifications involving real estate collateral to account for prolonged loss recognition and ultimate disposition periods associated with loans secured by real estate and traced back one year for the other FDIC classifications. The look back period for assignment of loss factors by risk rating is one year from initial loss recognition across all FDIC classifications, including those with two year cumulative look-back periods. The cumulative net losses are divided by the average outstanding balance over the same period.

 

While no material enhancements were made to the methodology from 2011 to 2013, the Company reevaluated its Allowance methodology and incorporated a number of enhancements in the first quarter of 2014. The enhancements focused on emphasizing the Bank’s actual loss experience to generate provisions that are more reflective of current portfolio conditions and loss exposures and de-emphasizing the use of external proxies as the Bank experiences extended periods of normalized operations. This is accomplished by including additional historical loss data in the determination of loss rates and select qualitative adjustments, serving to establish a prudent, more transparent and consistently derived Allowance provision.

 

From 2010 through 2013, the Company had utilized an eight and four quarter look-back for the purposes of determining cumulative net losses. During this time, the Company believed that the eight and four quarter look-back periods were appropriate given the prevailing credit quality and loss rate conditions. The Company’s then rapidly evolving loss experience necessitated the use of shorter loss analysis periods in order to ensure that loss rates would be adequately responsive to changes in loss experience. During that period, the Company considered recent loss data to be more relevant to the current period then under analysis. The look-back period was also consistent with commentary provided by our primary banking regulator following our 2010 Safety and Soundness Examination.

 

As economic conditions continued to improve and stabilize through 2014, the Company experienced improving credit quality trends that contributed to consistent reductions to the Allowance. Given the diminishing loss rates, in the first quarter of 2014 the look-back period for loans secured by real estate was extended from 8 quarters to 17 quarters, with the intention of extending the look-back period each quarter thereafter to a total of 24 quarters or six years to incorporate broader loss experience through a more complete economic cycle. This would also reduce the Company’s reliance on proxy loss rates by capturing more of the Company’s own historical loss experience in the extended look-back period. The longer look-back period is appropriate in light of the Company’s limited loss experience throughout the recent economic recovery and stabilization. Additionally, as economic conditions have stabilized through 2014, lower loss rate volatility has diminished the need for shorter loss analysis periods that are more responsive to shifts in loss experience. The enhanced methodology does not incorporate data before 2010 due to the anomalous loss activity during that time period that may cause pre-2010 internal loss data to be an inappropriate representation of the current inherent risk in the Company’s loan portfolio. In our revised approach, the losses during the six year look-back period will be weighted to place more emphasis on recent loss experience. In late 2013, the Company received guidance from its primary banking regulator supporting the use of extended loss analysis periods. The Supervisory Examiner recommended a periodic reassessment of the look-back period and suggested that a look-back period beyond eight quarters may be more reasonable given the then current economic conditions and portfolio performance.

 

63



 

In recognizing that current and relevant environmental (economic, market or other) conditions that can affect repayment may not yet be fully reflected in historical loss experience, qualitative assessments are conducted to factor in current loan portfolio and market intelligence. These adjustments, which are added to (or subtracted from) the loss ratio, consider the nature of the bank’s primary markets and are reasonable, consistently determined and appropriately documented. These qualitative adjustments for 2012 through 2014 include the following:

 

2012

 

·                  In the second quarter 2012, adjustment factors were added to the Pass and Special Mention rated Commercial Mortgage segments in consideration of the refinance risk associated with loans maturing over the next two years. Adjustment factors were not added to Substandard rated loans due to the enhanced level of monitoring devoted to these credits, with impairment analysis performed as indicated.

 

·                  In the second quarter 2012, an adjustment factor was added in recognition of the delegation of increased credit authority to Line Division Management and changes in the underwriting and approval process for small business lending. This change involved moving from a judgmental underwriting process for all loans to a score-based approval process below a certain loan size threshold, and a streamlined judgmental process augmented by relationship officer involvement above a certain loan size threshold.

 

2013

 

·                  In the first quarter of 2013, an adjustment factor was added to the Pass rated residential mortgage segments in consideration of emerging concentration risk. In addition, “benchmark” loss rates were applied to loans generated via recent preapproved and invitation to apply promotions in the Direct Consumer segment until historical loss data had been accumulated. Also, weighted adjustment factors were applied to the syndicated loan portfolio based on Moody’s proxy default rates to account for increased risk associated with recent entrance into this sector and risk exposure attributed to the size of individual credits.

 

·                  In the second quarter of 2013, an adjustment factor was subtracted from the Pass rated residential mortgage segments in consideration of the continued disparity between actual calculated historical loss rates and those provided by our primary regulator in 2010.

 

·                  In the third quarter of 2013, we purchased the first student loan pool. The expected loss rates were applied to the student loans in the Direct Consumer segment until historical loss data has been accumulated for this loan segment.

 

2014

 

·                  In the first quarter of 2014, the refinance risk qualitative adjustment factors for commercial mortgages were discontinued as the extension of the historical loss look-back period is deemed to capture a majority of the segment’s refinance risk through the incorporation of more comprehensive economic data.

 

64



 

·                  In the first quarter of 2014, the previous methodology for Pass rated residential mortgage subsectors based on guidance from our primary regulator in 2010 was discontinued in order to better reflect the bank’s current exposure and actual loss experience. The Company deems the bank’s actual loss experience to be more reflective of current portfolio conditions.

 

·                  In the first quarter of 2014, in consideration of portfolio concentration risk, benchmark adjustment factors were added to the Pass and Special Mention rated subsectors of segments with loan balances comprising greater than 20% of the total loan portfolio. The benchmark adjustment factors consider segment-specific annual loss rates over the economic cycle in order to determine a loss rate that adequately captures concentration risk. In the first quarter of 2014, the benchmark adjustment factors affected the Pass rated residential mortgage and commercial mortgage segments.

 

·                  In the second quarter of 2014, the Company adopted an incremental enhancement to its existing methodology for determining the unallocated component of the reserve. This enhancement is based upon the relationship between the unallocated component of the Allowance and then current general component (FAS 5) of the Allowance, rounded upward to the nearest $500,000.

 

·                  In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company determined that it was appropriate to separate U.S. mainland commercial mortgages from Hawaii commercial mortgages for purposes of calculating concentration risk. In making this assessment, the Company considered the regulatory guidance and concluded that the U.S. mainland commercial mortgages were no longer not sufficiently similar in credit performance to the credit performance of the Hawaii commercial mortgages such that they would necessarily “perform like a single large exposure.” This is supported by a correlation analysis conducted by the Company. In light of the statistical evidence demonstrating the reduced dependency between the credit performance of the two segments, the Company concluded that the U.S. mainland commercial mortgage segment should not be included with the Hawaii commercial mortgage segment for the determination of portfolio concentration.

 

·                  In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company adopted a time based graduated scale to reduce reliance on benchmark data by substituting our emerging actual experience in the Pre-approved Consumer Loans and Student Loans portfolios of the Consumer Loan Segment.

 

·                  In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company replaced a Moody’s proxy loss rate designed to compensate for the large size of the individual loans and lack of experience with a qualitative factor based on the Company’s emerging experience in the syndicated loan portfolio. The portfolio has begun to season and within the one year look-back period, we experienced a loss. The Company considers it prudent to augment the emerging experience of this portfolio with qualitative factors that are intended to compensate for lack of sufficient historical experience.

 

65



 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the Allowance by loan category as of the dates indicated. Our practice is to make specific allocations on impaired loans and general allocations to each loan category based on management’s risk assessment and estimated loss rate.

 

Table 14. Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

of Loans

 

 

 

Allowance

 

in Each

 

Allowance

 

in Each

 

Allowance

 

in Each

 

Allowance

 

in Each

 

Allowance

 

in Each

 

 

 

for Loan

 

Category

 

for Loan

 

Category

 

for Loan

 

Category

 

for Loan

 

Category

 

for Loan

 

Category

 

 

 

and Lease

 

to Total

 

and Lease

 

to Total

 

and Lease

 

to Total

 

and Lease

 

to Total

 

and Lease

 

to Total

 

 

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

8,954

 

15.8

%

$

13,196

 

15.2

%

$

4,987

 

11.2

%

$

6,110

 

8.7

%

$

13,426

 

9.6

%

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

14,969

 

3.9

 

2,774

 

2.9

 

4,510

 

4.3

 

28,630

 

7.8

 

76,556

 

14.5

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

17,927

 

43.7

 

25,272

 

43.2

 

27,836

 

43.8

 

30,732

 

40.9

 

29,059

 

31.8

 

Commercial

 

20,869

 

24.0

 

29,947

 

26.7

 

50,574

 

33.7

 

49,733

 

36.4

 

67,079

 

37.6

 

Consumer

 

7,314

 

12.5

 

6,576

 

11.8

 

2,421

 

6.5

 

2,335

 

5.3

 

3,155

 

5.2

 

Leases

 

7

 

0.1

 

55

 

0.2

 

85

 

0.5

 

553

 

0.9

 

1,579

 

1.3

 

Unallocated

 

4,000

 

 

6,000

 

 

6,000

 

 

4,000

 

 

2,000

 

 

Total

 

$

74,040

 

100.0

%

$

83,820

 

100.0

%

$

96,413

 

100.0

%

$

122,093

 

100.0

%

$

192,854

 

100.0

%

 

The Allowance allocated to commercial loans at year-end 2014 totaled $9.0 million, compared to $13.2 million at year-end 2013, representing 1.9% and 3.3% of total commercial loans, respectively. The decreases in the ending Allowance amount and the Allowance as a percentage of commercial loans were primarily due to improvement in the Moody’s proxy loss rates utilized.

 

The Allowance allocated to construction loans totaled $15.0 million, or 13.1%, of construction loans at year-end 2014, compared to $2.8 million, or 3.7%, of construction loans outstanding at year-end 2013. The increases in the ending Allowance amount and the Allowance as a percentage of construction loans were primarily due to the significant increase in the construction loan portfolio as of year-end 2014.

 

The Allowance allocated to our residential mortgage loans decreased to $17.9 million, or 14.0%, of total residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2014, compared to $25.3 million, or 2.2%, of related loans at year-end 2013. The decrease in the ending Allowance amount was primarily due to the decrease in nonaccrual residential mortgage loans as of year-end 2014.

 

Commercial mortgage loans were allocated an Allowance of $20.9 million, or 3.0%, of those loans at December 31, 2014, compared to $29.9 million, or 4.3%, of commercial mortgage loans at year-end 2013. The decreases in the ending Allowance amount and the Allowance as a percentage of commercial mortgage loans were primarily due to the decreases in the commercial mortgage loan portfolio and nonaccrual commercial loans as of year-end 2014.

 

The allocated Allowance for consumer loans at December 31, 2014 increased to $7.3 million from $6.6 million in the prior year, representing 2.0% of total consumer loans in 2014, compared to 2.1% in 2013. The increase in the ending Allowance amount was primarily due to an increase in the consumer loan portfolio as of year-end 2014.

 

We also allocated an Allowance for leases of $7 thousand, or 0.2%, of total leases, compared to $55 thousand, or 0.9%, of total leases as of year-end 2013.

 

The unallocated portion of the Allowance of $4.0 million at December 31, 2014 decreased from $6.0 million at December 31, 2013. The unallocated portion of the Allowance is maintained to provide for additional credit risk which may exist but may not be adequately accounted for in the specific and unspecified allocations due to the amount of judgment involved in the determination of the Allowance, the absence of perfect knowledge of all credit risks and the amount of uncertainty in predicting the strength of the economy and the sustainability of that strength.

 

In accordance with GAAP, loans held for sale and other real estate assets are not included in our assessment of the Allowance.

 

66



 

Nonperforming Assets, Accruing Loans Delinquent for 90 Days or More, Restructured Loans Still Accruing Interest

 

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing interest at the dates indicated.

 

Table 15. Nonperforming Assets, Past Due and Restructured Loans

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

13,007

 

$

3,533

 

$

3,510

 

$

1,367

 

$

982

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

310

 

4,015

 

38,742

 

69,765

 

182,073

 

Mortgage - residential

 

13,048

 

20,271

 

27,499

 

46,960

 

45,581

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

12,722

 

13,769

 

9,487

 

15,821

 

16,443

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

225

 

Leases

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans

 

39,087

 

41,588

 

79,332

 

133,913

 

245,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

747

 

3,770

 

8,105

 

56,429

 

54,507

 

Mortgage - residential

 

2,201

 

1,184

 

2,372

 

5,252

 

3,000

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

 

209

 

209

 

 

 

Other real estate

 

2,948

 

5,163

 

10,686

 

61,681

 

57,507

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

42,035

 

46,751

 

90,018

 

195,594

 

302,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

6,550

 

Mortgage - residential

 

 

 

387

 

 

1,800

 

Consumer

 

77

 

 

116

 

28

 

181

 

Leases

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

Total accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more

 

77

 

15

 

503

 

28

 

8,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured loans still accruing interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

361

 

406

 

447

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

892

 

3,857

 

9,522

 

5,170

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

17,845

 

16,508

 

15,366

 

3,093

 

13,401

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

10,405

 

2,502

 

6,425

 

 

 

Total restructured loans still accruing interest

 

29,503

 

23,273

 

31,760

 

8,263

 

13,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing interest

 

$

71,615

 

$

70,039

 

$

122,281

 

$

203,885

 

$

324,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans and leases and other real estate

 

1.43

%

1.77

%

4.06

%

9.20

%

13.60

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets and accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more as a percentage of loans and leases and other real estate

 

1.43

%

1.77

%

4.09

%

9.20

%

13.98

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing interest as a percentage of loans and leases and other real estate

 

2.44

%

2.66

%

5.52

%

9.59

%

14.58

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-to-date changes in nonperforming assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

46,751

 

$

90,018

 

$

195,594

 

$

302,811

 

$

499,804

 

Additions

 

28,295

 

27,648

 

46,641

 

73,248

 

240,322

 

Reductions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments

 

(9,630

)

(41,766

)

(63,107

)

(106,529

)

(237,263

)

Return to accrual status

 

(15,761

)

(17,247

)

(26,261

)

(9,482

)

(25,666

)

Sales of foreclosed assets

 

(3,457

)

(9,519

)

(53,029

)

(36,221

)

(29,456

)

Charge-offs and/or writedowns

 

(4,163

)

(2,383

)

(9,820

)

(28,233

)

(144,930

)

Total reductions

 

(33,011

)

(70,915

)

(152,217

)

(180,465

)

(437,315

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

42,035

 

$

46,751

 

$

90,018

 

$

195,594

 

$

302,811

 

 

Nonperforming assets, which includes nonaccrual loans and leases, nonperforming loans classified as held for sale and other real estate, totaled $42.0 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $46.8 million at year-end 2013. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2014 were comprised of $39.1 million in nonaccrual loans, none of which were loans classified as held for sale, and $2.9 million in other real estate.

 

67



 

The decrease in 2014 was attributable to $15.8 million in loans restored to accrual status, $9.6 million in repayments, charge-offs and write-downs totaling $4.2 million, and the sale of $3.5 million in other real estate. All of these decreases were offset by $28.3 million in gross additions.

 

Net changes to nonperforming assets by category during 2014 included net decreases in U.S. Mainland commercial mortgage assets totaling $7.3 million, Hawaii residential mortgage assets totaling $6.2 million, Hawaii construction and development assets totaling $5.9 million, U.S. Mainland construction and development assets totaling $0.8 million, and Hawaii commercial assets totaling $0.7 million. Partially offsetting these decreases were net increases in U.S. Mainland commercial assets totaling $10.1 million and Hawaii commercial mortgage assets totaling $6.1 million.

 

Loans delinquent for 90 days or more still accruing interest were less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

Investment Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the amounts and distribution of investment securities held as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 16. Distribution of Investment Securities           

               

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Held to

 

Available

 

Held to

 

Available

 

Held to

 

Available

 

 

 

maturity (at

 

for sale

 

maturity (at

 

for sale

 

maturity (at

 

for sale

 

 

 

amortized cost)

 

(at fair value)

 

amortized cost)

 

(at fair value)

 

amortized cost)

 

(at fair value)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

280,939

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

191,645

 

 

179,357

 

 

185,911

 

Corporate securities

 

 

100,604

 

 

158,095

 

 

127,946

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

238,287

 

751,558

 

252,047

 

927,626

 

161,848

 

941,043

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

184,334

 

 

142,046

 

 

 

Other

 

 

877

 

 

875

 

 

906

 

Total

 

$

238,287

 

$

1,229,018

 

$

252,047

 

$

1,407,999

 

$

161,848

 

$

1,536,745

 

 

Investment securities totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2014, decreasing by $192.7 million, or 11.6%, from the $1.7 billion held at December 31, 2013, which decreased by $38.5 million, or 2.3%, from the $1.7 billion at year-end 2012.

 

In the second quarter of 2014, $162.3 million in available-for-sale agency securities were sold as part of a balance sheet optimization strategy designed to improve our interest rate risk profile. We received $162.5 million in gross proceeds and gross realized gains and losses on the sales of the available-for-sale investment securities were $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The investment securities sold had a weighted average life of 5.7 years and average net yield of 2.68%. The specific identification method was used as the basis for determining the cost of all securities sold.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we executed a bond swap where we sold $271.5 million in lower-yielding available-for-sale agency debentures and agency mortgage-backed securities with an average net yield of 1.87% and a weighted average life of 2.9 years and reinvested the majority of the proceeds in $242.5 million of higher-yielding agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, and corporate bond securities with an average yield of 3.21% and a weighted average life of 7.4 years. The specific identification method was used as the basis for determining the cost of all securities sold and the new securities were classified in the available-for-sale portfolio. We received $271.9 million in gross proceeds and gross realized gains and losses on the sales of the available-for-sale investment securities were $3.9 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

 

68



 

Maturity Distribution of Investment Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of the investment portfolio and weighted average yields by investment type and maturity grouping at December 31, 2014.

 

Table 17. Maturity Distribution of Investment Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Portfolio Type and Maturity Grouping

 

Value

 

Yield (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Held-to-maturity portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

 

%

After one but within five years

 

 

 

After five but within ten years

 

 

 

After ten years

 

238,287

 

2.06

 

Total U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

238,287

 

2.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total held-to-maturity portfolio

 

$

238,287

 

2.06

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

3,847

 

4.11

%

After one but within five years

 

7,099

 

5.06

 

After five but within ten years

 

63,468

 

2.64

 

After ten years

 

117,231

 

3.61

 

Total States and political subdivisions

 

191,645

 

3.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

 

 

After one but within five years

 

50,888

 

2.85

 

After five but within ten years

 

49,716

 

2.94

 

After ten years

 

 

 

Total Corporate securities

 

100,604

 

2.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

 

 

After one but within five years

 

330

 

5.06

 

After five but within ten years

 

45,239

 

2.72

 

After ten years

 

705,989

 

2.30

 

Total U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

751,558

 

2.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-agency collaterized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

 

 

After one but within five years

 

 

 

After five but within ten years

 

117,635

 

3.06

 

After ten years

 

66,699

 

3.68

 

Total Non-agency collaterized mortgage obligations

 

184,334

 

3.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

 

 

After one but within five years

 

 

 

After five but within ten years

 

 

 

After ten years

 

877

 

 

Total Other

 

877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale portfolio

 

$

1,229,018

 

2.68

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

$

1,467,305

 

2.58

%

 


(1)  Weighted average yields are computed on an annual basis, and yields on tax-exempt obligations are computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using an assumed tax rate of 34%.

 

During 2014, the weighted average yield of the investment portfolio of 2.58% remained unchanged from the prior year.

 

69



 

Deposits

 

The primary source of our funding comes from deposits in the state of Hawaii. In this competitive market, we strive to distinguish ourselves by providing quality customer service in our branch offices and establishing long-term relationships with businesses and their principals. Our focus has been to develop a large, stable base of core deposits, which are comprised of non-interest bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits, savings and money market deposits, and time deposits less than $100,000. Time deposits in amounts of $100,000 and greater are generally considered to be more price-sensitive than relationship-based and are thus given less focus in our marketing and sales efforts.

 

Total deposits of $4.1 billion at December 31, 2014 reflected an increase of $174.1 million, or 4.4%, from total deposits of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2013. Total deposits at December 31, 2013 increased by $255.4 million, or 6.9%, over the year-end 2012 balance of $3.7 billion. The increase in deposits in 2014 reflects increases in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, and savings and money market deposits of $143.1 million, $59.7 million, and $35.6 million, respectively, offset by  decreases in other time deposits and government-owned time deposits of $52.1 million and $12.1 million, respectively.

 

Core deposits totaled $3.3 billion at December 31, 2014 and increased by $212.9 million, or 6.9%, from December 31, 2013, which increased by $86.6 million or 2.9% from December 31, 2012. Core deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 80.4% at December 31, 2014, compared to 78.6% at December 31, 2013 and 81.7% at December 31, 2012.

 

The table below sets forth information regarding the average balances and average rates paid for certain deposit categories for each of the years indicated. Average balances are computed using daily average balances. The average rate on time deposits, which are most sensitive to changes in market rates, decreased by 4 bp in 2014, while savings and money market deposit rates and interest-bearing demand deposit rates remained unchanged. The average rate paid on all deposits in 2014 decreased to 0.09% from 0.11% in 2013 and 0.14% in 2012. The drop in average rates paid in 2014 was attributable to the depressed interest rate environment in which we, as well as other financial institutions throughout the country, continued to operate in during 2014.

 

Table 18. Average Balances and Average Rates on Deposits

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

938,078

 

%

$

849,371

 

%

$

773,768

 

%

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

764,504

 

0.05

 

708,658

 

0.05

 

615,960

 

0.05

 

Savings and money market deposits

 

1,227,049

 

0.07

 

1,191,919

 

0.07

 

1,163,963

 

0.09

 

Time deposits

 

1,059,435

 

0.23

 

1,054,714

 

0.27

 

978,627

 

0.38

 

Total

 

$

3,989,066

 

0.09

%

$

3,804,662

 

0.11

%

$

3,532,318

 

0.14

%

 

We expect overall deposit rates to remain suppressed in 2015 in response to the FRB’s current monetary policy of keeping interest rates at low levels. In addition to the external interest rate environment, the overall direction of rate movements in our deposit base will largely depend on the level of deposit growth we need to maintain adequate liquidity and competitive pricing considerations, which may be impacted by the repeal of federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts as part of the Dodd-Frank Act as further described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

 

70



 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth contractual obligations (excluding deposit liabilities) as of December 31, 2014.

 

Table 19. Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Payments Due By Period

 

 

 

Less Than

 

 

 

 

 

More Than

 

 

 

 

 

 One Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

38,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

38,000

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

92,785

 

92,785

 

Pension plan and SERP obligations

 

2,713

 

5,686

 

5,795

 

33,066

 

47,260

 

Operating leases

 

7,756

 

11,856

 

8,672

 

24,604

 

52,888

 

Purchase obligations

 

17,096

 

15,896

 

11,506

 

96

 

44,594

 

Total

 

$

65,565

 

$

33,438

 

$

25,973

 

$

150,551

 

$

275,527

 

 

Components of short-term borrowings and long-term debt are discussed in Notes 12 and 13, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Operating leases represent leases on bank premises as discussed in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Purchase obligations represent other contractual obligations to purchase goods or services at specified terms including, but not limited to, software licensing agreements, equipment maintenance contracts and professional service contracts. Pension plan obligations include obligations under our defined benefit retirement plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, which are discussed in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Capital Resources

 

In order to ensure adequate levels of capital, we conduct an ongoing assessment of projected sources and uses of capital in conjunction with an analysis of the size and quality of our assets and the level of risk. As part of this ongoing assessment, the Board of Directors reviews our capital position on an ongoing basis to ensure it is adequate, including, but not limited to, need for raising additional capital or returning capital to our shareholders, including the ability to declare cash dividends or repurchase our securities.

 

Common and Preferred Equity

 

Shareholders’ equity totaled $568.0 million at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $92.1 million, or 13.9%, from the $660.1 million at December 31, 2013, which increased by $155.3 million, or 30.8%, from 2012. When expressed as a percentage of total assets, shareholders’ equity was 11.7% at December 31, 2014, compared to 13.9% at December 31, 2013 and 11.6% at December 31, 2012.

 

The significant decrease in shareholders’ equity from 2013 was primarily attributable to : 1) the purchase of 3,405,888 shares of our common stock for a total cost of $68.8 million, excluding fees and expenses, related to a tender offer, 2) the purchase of 2,782,178 shares of our common stock for a total cost of $56.2 million, excluding fees and expenses, related to repurchase agreements with our two largest shareholders, 3) the repurchase of 857,554 shares of our common stock for a total cost of $16.5 million, under our stock repurchase program, and 4) cash dividends paid of $13.4 million. These decreases were partially offset by $40.5 million and $19.0 million in net income and accumulated other comprehensive income in 2014, respectively. During 2014 we repurchased approximately 16.73% of our common stock outstanding at December 31, 2013.

 

71



 

The significant increase in shareholders’ equity from 2012 to 2013 was primarily attributable to the $172.1 million in net income recognized in 2013. As previously mentioned, net income in 2013 included a non-cash income tax benefit of $119.8 million recorded in the first quarter of 2013 related to the reversal of a significant portion of a valuation allowance that was established against the Company’s net DTA during the third quarter of 2009.

 

In June 2013, the Treasury held a private auction to sell its warrant positions in several financial institutions which included the Company’s warrant to purchase up to 79,288 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $10 per share. On June 6, 2013, we were notified that we were the winning bidder of the warrant at our bid of $0.8 million. The warrant was being carried as a derivative liability on our balance sheet at $0.8 million at March 31, 2013. Accordingly, we recorded a credit to other noninterest expense of $0.1 million during the quarter related to the gain on the purchase of the warrant. After the completion of this transaction, the Treasury no longer holds any outstanding shares of our common stock, or any warrants to purchase our common stock they received in connection with our participation in the Troubled Assets Relief Program.

 

Our tangible common equity ratio was 11.52% at December 31, 2014, compared to 13.69% at December 31, 2013 and 11.24% at December 31, 2012. Our book value per share was $16.12, $15.68, and $12.06 at year-end 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in our tangible common equity ratio from 2013 was primarily attributable to the reduction in our common equity due to the common stock repurchases completed in 2014 under the aforementioned tender offer, repurchase agreements with our two largest shareholders, and stock repurchase program. The increase in our book value per share from 2013 was primarily attributable to net income and accumulated other comprehensive income recorded in 2014 of $40.5 million and $19.0 million, respectively, combined with the reduction in common shares outstanding due to the aforementioned common stock repurchases completed in 2014.

 

The tangible common equity ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure which should be read and used in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information. Comparison of our tangible common equity ratio with those of other companies may not be possible because other companies may calculate the tangible common equity ratio differently. Our tangible common equity ratio is derived by dividing common shareholders’ equity, less intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights), by total assets, less intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights).

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our tangible common equity ratio for each of the dates indicated:

 

Table 20. Reconciliation to Tangible Common Equity Ratio

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

568,041

 

$

660,113

 

$

504,822

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights)

 

(10,029

)

(12,704

)

(15,378

)

Tangible common equity

 

558,012

 

647,409

 

489,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

4,852,987

 

4,741,198

 

4,370,368

 

Less: Other intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights)

 

(10,029

)

(12,704

)

(15,378

)

Tangible assets

 

4,842,958

 

4,728,494

 

4,354,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to Tangible assets

 

11.52

%

13.69

%

11.24

%

 

72



 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

We have four statutory trusts, CPB Capital Trust II, CPB Statutory Trust III, CPB Capital Trust IV and CPB Statutory Trust V, which issued a total of $90.0 million in trust preferred securities. Our obligations with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the each trust’s obligations with respect to its trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, we may elect from time to time to defer subordinated debenture interest payments, which would result in a deferral of dividend payments on the related trust preferred securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty.

 

We began deferring interest and dividend payments on the subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities in the third quarter of 2009. In March 2013, the Company elected to pay all deferred interest on its subordinated debentures and related dividend payments on its trust preferred securities and resume quarterly payments for each outstanding trust. As a result, the deferred accrued interest in the amount of $13.0 million was paid in full in March 2013 and the Company resumed quarterly payments on all five statutory trusts.

 

In June 2013, the Company was notified that $10.0 million of the $15.0 million in trust preferred securities of CPB Capital Trust I (“Trust I”) would be auctioned off as part of a larger pooled collateralized debt obligation liquidation. The Company placed a bid of $9.0 million for the securities which was accepted by the trustee and the transaction closed on June 18, 2013. Because our accepted bid of $9.0 million was less than the $10.0 million carrying value, we recognized a gain of $1.0 million related to this transaction on October 7, 2013, when these securities were called. The Company determined that its investment in Trust I did not represent a variable interest and therefore the Company was not the primary beneficiary of Trust I. As a result, consolidation of Trust I by the Company was not required. In October 2013, the Company purchased the remaining $5.0 million in trust preferred securities of Trust I and in April 2014, the remaining $0.5 million in common stock of the Trust I was called. On August 27, 2014, Trust I was cancelled with the state of Delaware.

 

Holding Company Capital Resources

 

CPF is required to act as a source of strength to the bank under the Dodd-Frank Act. All of the funds CPF received from the sale of the TARP preferred stock were contributed by CPF to the bank as capital. CPF is obligated to pay its expenses and payments on its junior subordinated debentures which fund payments on the outstanding trust preferred securities. CPF deferred the payment of dividends on our TARP preferred stock and trust preferred securities (along with interest on the related junior subordinated debentures) beginning in the third quarter of 2009. As mentioned in the previous section, in March 2013, the Company elected to resume quarterly payments for each outstanding trust and all deferred interest on its subordinated debentures and related dividend payments on its trust preferred securities were paid in full.

 

In 2013, in light of the Company’s improved capital position and financial condition, our Board of Directors and management, in consultation with our regulators, reinstated and declared quarterly cash dividends on the Company’s outstanding common shares to shareholders.

 

On March 21, 2014, CPF received its first dividend from the bank since September 2008 of $125.0 million in order to meet its obligations under the Tender Offer and Private Repurchases. In the second, third and fourth quarters of 2014, CPF received dividends from the bank totaling $16.1 million, $9.6 million, and $8.6 million, respectively, to fund the quarterly cash dividends and share repurchases. As of December 31, 2014, on a stand-alone basis, CPF had an available cash balance of approximately $22.8 million in order to meet its ongoing obligations.

 

As a Hawaii state-chartered bank, the bank may only pay dividends to the extent it has retained earnings as defined under Hawaii banking law (“Statutory Retained Earnings”), which differs from GAAP retained earnings. As of December 31, 2014, the bank had Statutory Retained Earnings of $123.8 million.

 

73



 

Dividends are payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors and there can be no assurance that the Board of Directors will continue to pay dividends at the same rate, or at all, in the future. Our ability to pay cash dividends to our shareholders is subject to restrictions under federal and Hawaii law, including restrictions imposed by the FRB and covenants set forth in various agreements we are a party to, including covenants set forth in our subordinated debentures. For further information, see “Dividends — Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”

 

On February 21, 2014, we announced a tender offer to purchase for cash up to $68.8 million in value of shares of our common stock at a price not greater than $21.00 nor less than $18.50 per share (the “Tender Offer”).

 

The Tender Offer expired on March 21, 2014 and we accepted for purchase 3,405,888 shares of our common stock at the purchase price of $20.20 per share for a total cost of $68.8 million, excluding fees and expenses related to the Tender Offer. The Tender Offer closed on March 28, 2014.

 

Share Repurchases

 

On February 20, 2014, we also entered into repurchase agreements (the “Repurchase Agreements”) with each of Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (“Carlyle”) and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (“Anchorage” and together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”), each of whom was the owner of 9,463,095 shares (representing 22.5% of the outstanding shares or 44.9% in the aggregate at that time) of our common stock, pursuant to which we agreed to purchase up to $28.1 million of shares of common stock from each of the Lead Investors at the Purchase Price of the Tender Offer (the “Private Repurchases”) (or an aggregate of $56.2 million of shares). Conditions to the Private Repurchases were satisfied and we purchased 1,391,089 shares from each of Carlyle and Anchorage at the Purchase Price for a total cost of $56.2 million, excluding fees and expenses related to the Private Repurchases. The Private Repurchases closed on April 7, 2014, the eleventh business day following the expiration of the Tender Offer.

 

The completion of the Tender Offer and the Private Repurchases resulted in the aggregate repurchase by us of 6,188,066 shares totaling $125 million, or 14.7% of our issued and outstanding shares of our common stock prior to the completion of the Tender Offer and the Private Repurchases.

 

In January 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to 60,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “2008 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2008 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. There were no repurchases of common stock during 2012 and 2013. A total of 55,000 shares remained available for repurchase under the 2008 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2013. In January 2014, the 2008 Repurchase Plan and the remaining 55,000 shares were superseded by the Tender Offer and Repurchase Agreements with our Lead Investors.

 

On May 20, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to $30.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock (the “2014 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2014 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. In 2014, 857,554 shares of common stock, at a cost of $16.5 million, were repurchased under this program. A total of $13.5 million remained available for repurchase under the 2014 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2014.

 

In January 2015, our Board of Directors increased our repurchase authority by an additional $25.0 million. We continue to explore opportunities to expand our ability to repurchase shares from shareholders.

 

Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk

 

Our earnings and capital are sensitive to risk of interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate risk arises when rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities mature or reprice during different periods or in differing amounts. In the normal course of business, we are subjected to interest rate risk through the activities of making loans and taking deposits, as well as from our investment securities portfolio and other interest-bearing funding sources. Asset/liability management attempts to coordinate our rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities to meet our financial objectives.

 

74



 

Our Asset/Liability Management Policy seeks to maximize the risk-adjusted return to shareholders while maintaining consistently acceptable levels of liquidity, interest rate risk and capitalization. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee, or ALCO, monitors interest rate risk through the use of interest rate sensitivity gap, net interest income and market value of portfolio equity simulation and rate shock analyses. This process is designed to measure the impact of future changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity. Adverse interest rate risk exposures are managed through the shortening or lengthening of the duration of assets and liabilities.

 

Interest rate risk can be analyzed by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity gap and changes in the gap over time. An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a specified time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, the earnings of an institution with a positive gap theoretically may be positively affected due to its interest-earning assets repricing to a greater extent than its interest-bearing liabilities. An adverse impact would be expected for an institution with a negative gap.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our interest rate sensitivity gap at December 31, 2014. The assumptions used in determining interest rate sensitivity of various asset and liability products had a significant impact on the resulting table. For purposes of this presentation, assets and liabilities are classified by the earliest repricing date or maturity. All interest-bearing demand and savings balances are included in the three-months-or-less category, even though repricing of these accounts is not contractually required and may not actually occur during that period. Since all interest rates and yields do not adjust at the same velocity or magnitude, and since volatility is subject to change, the interest rate sensitivity gap is only a general indicator of interest rate risk.

 

75



 

Table 21. Rate Sensitivity of Assets, Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over Six

 

Over One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three

 

Three

 

Through

 

Through

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Months

 

Through

 

Twelve

 

Three

 

Three

 

Nonrate

 

 

 

 

 

or Less

 

Six Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

Years

 

Sensitive

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

13,691

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

13,691

 

Investment securities

 

43,879

 

38,121

 

72,370

 

269,452

 

1,031,171

 

12,312

 

1,467,305

 

Loans held for sale

 

9,595

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

9,683

 

Loans and leases

 

808,983

 

197,868

 

350,743

 

759,956

 

809,663

 

4,985

 

2,932,198

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

 

 

 

43,932

 

 

43,932

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

386,178

 

386,178

 

Total assets

 

$

876,148

 

$

235,989

 

$

423,113

 

$

1,029,408

 

$

1,884,766

 

$

403,563

 

$

4,852,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

1,034,146

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,034,146

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

2,423,860

 

353,343

 

169,957

 

98,458

 

30,536

 

 

3,076,154

 

Short-term borrowings

 

38,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,000

 

Long-term debt

 

92,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,785

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,861

 

43,861

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

568,041

 

568,041

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

3,588,791

 

$

353,343

 

$

169,957

 

$

98,458

 

$

30,536

 

$

611,902

 

$

4,852,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity gap

 

$

(2,712,643

)

$

(117,354

)

$

253,156

 

$

930,950

 

$

1,854,230

 

$

(208,339

)

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap

 

$

(2,712,643

)

$

(2,829,997

)

$

(2,576,841

)

$

(1,645,891

)

$

208,339

 

$

 

$

 

 

ALCO also utilizes a detailed and dynamic simulation model to measure and manage interest rate risk exposures. The monthly simulation process is designed to measure the impact of future changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity and to allow ALCO to model alternative balance sheet strategies. The following reflects our net interest income sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2014, over a one-year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth and given both a 200 bp upward and 100 bp downward parallel shift in interest rates.

 

 

 

Estimated Net Interest

 

Rate Change

 

Income Sensitivity

 

+200bp

 

1.51

%

-100bp

 

(3.41

)%

 

76



 

Table 22. Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

 

 

Expected Maturity Within

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One

 

Two

 

Three

 

Four

 

Five

 

 

 

Total

 

Total

 

 

 

Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Thereafter

 

Book Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-sensitive assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

13,691

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

13,691

 

$

13,691

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate investments

 

$

154,369

 

$

147,223

 

$

122,230

 

$

107,274

 

$

106,540

 

$

816,600

 

$

1,454,236

 

$

1,463,738

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

2.49

%

2.58

%

2.55

%

2.52

%

2.53

%

2.62

%

2.58

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate investments

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

757

 

$

757

 

$

877

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate loans

 

$

399,443

 

$

284,122

 

$

205,367

 

$

147,012

 

$

108,032

 

$

385,429

 

$

1,529,405

 

$

1,458,528

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

4.39

%

4.39

%

4.32

%

4.26

%

4.23

%

4.27

%

4.33

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate loans

 

$

473,519

 

$

259,195

 

$

206,181

 

$

137,072

 

$

101,341

 

$

190,996

 

$

1,368,304

 

$

1,269,308

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

3.87

%

3.89

%

3.95

%

4.27

%

4.28

%

4.43

%

4.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total - December 31, 2014

 

$

1,041,022

 

$

690,540

 

$

533,778

 

$

391,358

 

$

315,913

 

$

1,393,782

 

$

4,366,393

 

$

4,206,142

 

Total - December 31, 2013

 

$

959,208

 

$

598,220

 

$

461,619

 

$

388,741

 

$

289,048

 

$

1,590,714

 

$

4,287,550

 

$

4,062,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-sensitive liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 

$

2,030,870

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,030,870

 

$

2,030,870

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.07

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.07

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

$

915,597

 

$

71,085

 

$

28,064

 

$

9,214

 

$

21,284

 

$

40

 

$

1,045,284

 

$

1,047,322

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.16

%

0.36

%

0.82

%

0.90

%

1.20

%

0.78

%

0.22

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

38,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

38,000

 

$

38,000

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.25

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

92,785

 

$

92,785

 

$

42,454

 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

2.75

%

2.75

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total - December 31, 2013

 

$

2,984,467

 

$

71,085

 

$

28,064

 

$

9,214

 

$

21,284

 

$

92,825

 

$

3,206,939

 

$

3,158,646

 

Total - December 31, 2012

 

$

2,932,624

 

$

66,874

 

$

29,443

 

$

12,518

 

$

9,539

 

$

94,972

 

$

3,145,970

 

$

3,094,415

 

 

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent our forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including: the magnitude and timing of interest rate changes, prepayments on loans and investment securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment of asset and liability cashflows and others.

 

The table above presents information on financial instruments held that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this presentation, expected maturities of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities are contractual maturities. Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, which have indeterminate maturities, are included in the earliest maturity category. The resulting table is based on numerous assumptions including prepayment rates on mortgage-related assets and forecasted market interest rates. See Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of the calculation of fair values.

 

Maturities and fair values of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities may vary from expectation if actual experience differs from the assumptions used.

 

77



 

Liquidity

 

Our objective in managing liquidity is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds in order to economically meet the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals and participate in lending and investment opportunities as they arise. We monitor our liquidity position in relation to changes in loan and deposit balances on a daily basis to assure maximum utilization, maintenance of an adequate level of readily marketable assets and access to short-term funding sources. Our loan-to-deposit ratio at December 31, 2014 was 71.3% compared to 66.8% at December 31, 2013. Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by unforeseen demands on cash or if our deposit customers withdraw funds due to uncertainties surrounding our financial condition or prospects.

 

The consolidated statements of cash flows identify the three major categories of sources and uses of cash as operating, investing and financing activities. As presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash provided by operating activities has provided a significant source of funds during the past three years. Cash provided by operating activities totaled $71.4 million in 2014, $84.5 million in 2013, and $39.4 million in 2012. The primary source of cash provided by operating activities continues to be our net operating income, exclusive of non-cash items such as the Provision and asset impairments.

 

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $83.1 million, $442.1 million and $306.3 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Investment securities and lending activities generally comprise the largest components of investing activities, although the level of investment securities activities are impacted by the relationship of loan and deposit growth during the period. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, net loan originations accounted for $245.1 million, $357.9 million and $152.4 million, respectively, of cash used in investing activities. Net proceeds received from sales and maturities of investment securities totaled $223.0 million in 2014, compared to net purchases of investment securities of $24.2 million and $220.8 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Investing activities included proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment of $10.7 million, and $10.3 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and other real estate of $3.9 million, $17.9 million, and $56.9 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. We did not sell any loans originated for investment in 2014.

 

Cash provided by financing activities totaled $48.4 million, $229.5 million, and $187.2 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Deposit activities, borrowings and capital transactions represent the major components of financing activities. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, we increased net deposits by $174.1 million, $255.4 million and $237.2 million, respectively. Net cash inflows from short-term debt totaled $30.0 million in 2014 and $8.0 million in 2013, compared to net cash outflow of $34 thousand in 2012. Net cash outflows for long-term debt totaled $14 thousand in 2014, $15.5 million in 2013 and $50.0 million in 2012. As with investment securities, the level of net borrowings is impacted by the levels of loan and deposit growth/contraction during the period. Capital transactions, primarily dividends and stock repurchases totaled $155.7 million of cash used in 2014, due primarily to share repurchases under the Tender Offer, the Private Repurchases, and the 2014 Repurchase Plan.

 

Core deposits have historically provided us with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds but are subject to competitive pressure in our market. In addition to core deposit funding, we also have access to a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include proceeds from maturities of our investment securities, as well as secondary funding sources such as the FHLB, secured repurchase agreements and the Federal Reserve discount window, available to meet our liquidity needs. While we historically have had access to these other funding sources, continued access to these sources may not be guaranteed and can be restricted in the future as a result of market conditions or the Company’s and bank’s financial position.

 

The bank is a member of and maintained a $945.0 million line of credit with the FHLB as of December 31, 2014. Short-term and long-term borrowings under this arrangement totaled $38.0 million and nil at December 31, 2014, respectively, compared to $8.0 million and $14 thousand at December 31, 2013, respectively. FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2014 were secured by unencumbered investment securities with a fair value of $0.8 million and certain real estate loans with a carrying value of $1.5 billion in accordance with the collateral provisions of the Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2014, $907.0 million was undrawn under this arrangement.

 

The bank also maintained a line of credit with the Federal Reserve discount window of $33.3 million and $46.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were no advances outstanding under this arrangement at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Advances under this arrangement would have been secured by certain commercial and commercial real estate loans with a carrying value totaling $72.9 million. The Federal Reserve does not have the right to sell or repledge these loans. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information regarding our short-term borrowings.

 

78



 

Our ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity is dependent on our ability to continue to maintain our strong risk profile and capital base. Our liquidity may also be negatively impacted by weakness in the financial markets and industry-wide reductions in liquidity.

 

Holding Company Liquidity

 

For the holding company on a stand-alone basis, in 2014, net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $157.9 million. The primary source of funds in operating activities included dividends received from the bank of $159.3 million. Net cash provided by investing activities amounted to $1.0 million. Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $155.7 million. The primary use of funds in financing activities included the repurchases of common stock totaling $142.4 million and cash dividends of $13.4 million paid to our common shareholders.

 

In 2013, net cash used in operating activities of the holding company amounted to $4.9 million. The primary use of funds in operating activities included the payment of deferred accrued interest on its subordinated debentures of $13.0 million. Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $22.1 million. The primary use of funds in financing activities included the repurchase of trust preferred securities of Trust I and subsequent retirement of long-term debt of Trust I totaling $15.5 million, and cash dividends of $6.7 million paid to our common shareholders.

 

In 2012, net cash provided by operating activities of the holding company amounted to $1.1 million.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into off-balance sheet arrangements to meet the financing needs of our banking customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written, forward foreign exchange contracts, forward interest rate contracts and interest rate swaps and options. These instruments and the related off-balance sheet exposures are discussed in detail in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In the unlikely event that we must satisfy a significant amount of outstanding commitments to extend credit, liquidity will be adversely impacted, as will credit risk. The remaining components of off-balance sheet arrangements, primarily interest rate options and forward interest rate contracts related to our mortgage banking activities, are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

Impact of New Accounting Standards

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-01, “Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The provisions of ASU 2014-01 provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The ASU permits entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. ASU 2014-01 is effective with retroactive application for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2015. We are currently evaluating whether we will adopt the provisions of ASU 2014-01.We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

79



 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables — Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors — Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The provisions of ASU 2014-04 provide guidance on when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, which is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. ASU 2014-04 is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2015. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. This ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. ASU 2014-09 is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, “Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.” ASU 2014-11 requires two accounting changes. First, the amendments change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowings. Second, for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. ASU 2014-11 requires disclosures for certain transactions comprising a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale, and an agreement with the same transferee entered into in contemplation of the initial transfer which results in the transferor retaining substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction. ASU 2014-11 also requires additional disclosures for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. ASU 2014-11 is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2015. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2014, the FASB Issued ASU 2014-12, “Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.” ASU 2014-12 requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. ASU 2014-12 is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2016. As of December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any share-based payment awards that included performance targets that could be achieved after the requisite service period. As such, we do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, “Receivables — Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.”  ASU 2014-14 requires that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met: 1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; 2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim; and 3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed.  Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance expected to be recovered from the guarantor.  ASU 2014-14 is effective for the Company’s reporting period beginning on January 1, 2015. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

80



 

ITEM 7A.             QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is set forth under “Part II, Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk” and in Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

81



 

ITEM 8.                                                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Central Pacific Financial Corp.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Honolulu, Hawaii

 

February 27, 2015

 

 

82



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Central Pacific Financial Corp.:

 

We have audited Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s (the Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, and our report dated February 27, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Honolulu, Hawaii

 

February 27, 2015

 

 

83



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

72,316

 

$

45,092

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

13,691

 

4,256

 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale, at fair value

 

1,229,018

 

1,407,999

 

Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $235,597 at December 31, 2014 and $238,705 at December 31, 2013)

 

238,287

 

252,047

 

Total investment securities

 

1,467,305

 

1,660,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

9,683

 

12,370

 

Loans and leases

 

2,932,198

 

2,630,601

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

(74,040

)

(83,820

)

Net loans and leases

 

2,858,158

 

2,546,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

49,214

 

49,039

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

13,584

 

14,072

 

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

7,246

 

9,127

 

Other real estate

 

2,948

 

5,163

 

Other intangible assets

 

29,697

 

32,783

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

152,283

 

149,604

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

43,932

 

46,193

 

Other assets

 

132,930

 

166,672

 

Total assets

 

$

4,852,987

 

$

4,741,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

1,034,146

 

$

891,017

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

788,272

 

728,619

 

Savings and money market

 

1,242,598

 

1,207,016

 

Time

 

1,045,284

 

1,109,521

 

Total deposits

 

4,110,300

 

3,936,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

38,000

 

8,015

 

Long-term debt

 

92,785

 

92,799

 

Other liabilities

 

43,861

 

44,037

 

Total liabilities

 

4,284,946

 

4,081,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,100,000 shares, issued and outstanding none at December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 35,233,674 and 42,107,633 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

642,205

 

784,547

 

Surplus

 

79,716

 

75,498

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(157,039

)

(184,087

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,159

 

(15,845

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

568,041

 

660,113

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

61

 

Total equity

 

568,041

 

660,174

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

4,852,987

 

$

4,741,198

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

84



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans and leases

 

$

112,137

 

$

104,479

 

$

97,029

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable interest

 

33,574

 

31,498

 

28,803

 

Tax-exempt interest

 

3,996

 

4,051

 

2,312

 

Dividends

 

23

 

23

 

16

 

Interest on deposits in other banks

 

33

 

203

 

285

 

Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

46

 

24

 

 

Total interest income

 

149,809

 

140,278

 

128,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

373

 

349

 

339

 

Savings and money market

 

901

 

894

 

1,006

 

Time

 

2,453

 

2,801

 

3,688

 

Interest on short-term borrowings

 

92

 

6

 

 

Interest on long-term debt

 

2,572

 

3,119

 

3,701

 

Total interest expense

 

6,391

 

7,169

 

8,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

143,418

 

133,109

 

119,711

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

(6,414

)

(11,310

)

(18,885

)

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

149,832

 

144,419

 

138,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other service charges and fees

 

11,754

 

12,490

 

11,083

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

8,113

 

7,041

 

8,367

 

Loan servicing fees

 

5,798

 

6,057

 

6,486

 

Net gain on sales of residential loans

 

5,545

 

9,986

 

17,095

 

Income from fiduciary activities

 

3,552

 

2,855

 

2,599

 

Income from bank-owned life insurance

 

2,922

 

2,333

 

2,899

 

Net gain on sales of foreclosed assets

 

971

 

8,584

 

4,999

 

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

480

 

790

 

574

 

Fees on foreign exchange

 

464

 

508

 

551

 

Loan placement fees

 

437

 

570

 

690

 

Investment securities gains

 

240

 

482

 

789

 

Other

 

3,547

 

3,249

 

4,611

 

Total other operating income

 

43,823

 

54,945

 

60,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

67,941

 

76,294

 

69,344

 

Net occupancy

 

15,252

 

14,323

 

13,920

 

Legal and professional services

 

7,806

 

8,094

 

13,824

 

Computer software expense

 

6,327

 

4,579

 

3,961

 

Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets

 

5,332

 

7,418

 

10,179

 

Communication expense

 

3,635

 

3,523

 

3,428

 

Equipment

 

3,582

 

3,676

 

3,966

 

Advertising expense

 

2,342

 

2,666

 

3,516

 

Foreclosed asset expense

 

1,710

 

1,036

 

6,887

 

Write down of assets

 

 

 

2,586

 

Other

 

18,886

 

17,927

 

20,307

 

Total other operating expense

 

132,813

 

139,536

 

151,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

60,842

 

59,828

 

47,421

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

20,389

 

(112,247

)

 

Net income

 

40,453

 

172,075

 

47,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per common share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.08

 

$

4.10

 

$

1.14

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

1.07

 

4.07

 

1.13

 

Cash dividends declared

 

0.36

 

0.16

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

85



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,453

 

$

172,075

 

$

47,421

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities

 

22,711

 

(31,865

)

(1,271

)

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives

 

 

10,993

 

(434

)

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

(3,707

)

5,857

 

(1,289

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

19,004

 

(15,015

)

(2,994

)

Comprehensive income

 

$

59,457

 

$

157,060

 

$

44,427

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

86



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Non

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Controlling

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Surplus

 

Deficit

 

Income (Loss)

 

Interests

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

41,749,116

 

$

 

$

784,539

 

$

66,585

 

$

(396,848

)

$

2,164

 

$

9,980

 

$

466,420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

47,421

 

 

 

47,421

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,994

)

 

(2,994

)

4,291 net shares of common stock purchased by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

 

 

(27

)

Share-based compensation

 

117,930

 

 

 

3,982

 

 

 

 

3,982

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

(23

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

41,867,046

 

$

 

$

784,512

 

$

70,567

 

$

(349,427

)

$

(830

)

$

9,957

 

$

514,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

172,075

 

 

 

172,075

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,015

)

 

(15,015

)

Cash dividends ($0.16 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,735

)

 

 

(6,735

)

1,782 net shares of common stock purchased by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

(39

)

Share-based compensation

 

240,587

 

 

74

 

4,931

 

 

 

 

5,005

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,896

)

(9,896

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

42,107,633

 

$

 

$

784,547

 

$

75,498

 

$

(184,087

)

$

(15,845

)

$

61

 

$

660,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

40,453

 

 

 

40,453

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,004

 

 

19,004

 

Cash dividends ($0.36 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

(13,405

)

 

 

(13,405

)

1,118 net shares of common stock sold by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

(11

)

7,045,620 shares of common stock repurchased and other related costs

 

(7,045,620

)

 

(142,405

)

 

 

 

 

(142,405

)

Share-based compensation

 

171,661

 

 

74

 

4,218

 

 

 

 

4,292

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(61

)

(61

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

35,233,674

 

$

 

$

642,205

 

$

79,716

 

$

(157,039

)

$

3,159

 

$

 

$

568,041

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

87



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,453

 

$

172,075

 

$

47,421

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

(6,414

)

(11,310

)

(18,885

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

5,842

 

6,007

 

6,351

 

Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets

 

5,332

 

7,418

 

10,179

 

Write down of assets

 

 

 

2,586

 

Write down of other real estate, net of gain on sale

 

1,133

 

(8,011

)

(358

)

Net amortization of investment securities

 

7,807

 

13,283

 

15,670

 

Share-based compensation

 

4,218

 

4,931

 

3,982

 

Net gain on sale of investment securities

 

(240

)

(482

)

(789

)

Net gain on sales of residential loans

 

(5,545

)

(9,986

)

(17,095

)

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

373,061

 

654,005

 

969,089

 

Originations of loans held for sale

 

(364,828

)

(618,106

)

(952,402

)

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

(480

)

(790

)

(574

)

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

 

(3,161

)

(2,729

)

(4,934

)

Deferred income taxes

 

20,482

 

(112,138

)

 

Premium paid on repurchases of preferred stock of subsidiaries

 

 

1,895

 

 

Net change in other assets and liabilities

 

(6,228

)

(11,531

)

(20,853

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

71,432

 

84,531

 

39,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities available for sale

 

145,592

 

448,453

 

437,471

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

162,470

 

271,931

 

130,076

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(98,408

)

(753,496

)

(627,356

)

Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities held to maturity

 

15,814

 

13,500

 

2,487

 

Purchases of investment securities held to maturity

 

(2,443

)

(4,595

)

(163,498

)

Net loan principal repayments (loan originations)

 

(245,099

)

(357,853

)

(152,350

)

Purchases of loan portfolios

 

(62,648

)

(85,110

)

 

Proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment

 

 

10,679

 

10,340

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

3,865

 

17,892

 

56,915

 

Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

 

481

 

536

 

1,997

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(6,017

)

(6,287

)

(3,696

)

Distributions from unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

531

 

9,615

 

467

 

Net return of capital from (contributions to) unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

466

 

(9,050

)

 

Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock

 

2,261

 

1,735

 

869

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(83,135

)

(442,050

)

(306,278

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

174,127

 

255,401

 

237,244

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

(14

)

(15,482

)

(50,017

)

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

29,985

 

8,015

 

(34

)

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

(13,405

)

(6,735

)

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

(142,405

)

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises

 

74

 

74

 

 

Repurchases of preferred stock of subsidiaries

 

 

(11,781

)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

48,362

 

229,492

 

187,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

36,659

 

(128,027

)

(79,697

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At beginning of year

 

49,348

 

177,375

 

257,072

 

At end of year

 

$

86,007

 

$

49,348

 

$

177,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

6,413

 

$

19,260

 

$

5,622

 

Income taxes

 

 

5

 

5

 

Cash received during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

185

 

 

430

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in common stock held by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

$

11

 

$

39

 

$

27

 

Net reclassification of loans to other real estate

 

2,783

 

4,358

 

4,846

 

Net reclassification of loans held for sale to other real estate

 

 

 

716

 

Net transfer of loans to loans held for sale

 

 

 

1,487

 

Net transfer of investment securities available for sale to held to maturity

 

 

101,669

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

88



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012

 

1.                                      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Description of Business

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp. is a bank holding company. Our principal operating subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, is a full-service commercial bank with 36 branches and 110 ATMs located throughout the state of Hawaii. The bank engages in a broad range of lending activities including originating commercial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans and consumer loans. The bank also offers a variety of deposit products and services. These include personal and business checking and savings accounts, money market accounts and time certificates of deposit. Other products and services include debit cards, internet banking, cash management services, traveler’s checks, safe deposit boxes, international banking services, night depository facilities and wire transfers. Wealth management products and services include non-deposit investment products, annuities, insurance, investment management, asset custody and general consultation and planning services.

 

When we refer to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our,” we mean Central Pacific Financial Corp. & Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to “Central Pacific Financial Corp.” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a standalone basis. When we refer to “our bank” or “the bank,” we mean “Central Pacific Bank.”

 

The banking business depends on rate differentials, the difference between the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rates received on loans extended to customers and investment securities held in our portfolio. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Company are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

 

We have the following three reportable segments: (1) Banking Operations, (2) Treasury and (3) All Others. The Banking Operations segment includes construction and commercial real estate lending, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending, consumer lending, trust services, retail brokerage services, and our retail branch offices, which provide a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company’s investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others segment consists of all activities not captured by the Banking Operations and Treasury segments described above and includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties. For further information, see Note 25.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Central Pacific Bank had two wholly-owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013: CPB Real Estate, Inc. and Citibank Properties, Inc. Both were real estate investment trusts that were dissolved in 2014. Central Pacific Bank also had two other wholly-owned subsidiaries, CB Technology, Inc. and Central Pacific HomeLoans, Inc., that were dissolved in February 2013 and February 2012, respectively.

 

We have a 50% ownership interest in the following mortgage brokerage companies: Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC, Gentry HomeLoans, LLC, Haseko HomeLoans, LLC and Island Pacific HomeLoans, LLC. These investments are accounted for using the equity method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries. We also have non-controlling equity investments in affiliates that are accounted for under the cost method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries.

 

89



 

Our investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries accounted for under the equity and cost methods were $0.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014 and $0.6 million and $8.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. Our policy for determining impairment of these investments includes an evaluation of whether a loss in value of an investment is other than temporary. Evidence of a loss in value includes absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment or the inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity which would justify the carrying amount of the investment. We perform impairment tests whenever indicators of impairment are present. If the value of an investment declines and it is considered other than temporary, the investment is written down to its respective fair value in the period in which this determination is made.

 

The Company sponsors the Central Pacific Bank Foundation which is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that reflect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance and provision for loan and lease losses, reserves for unfunded loan commitments, residential mortgage repurchase reserves and deferred income tax assets and income tax expense, as well as the valuation of investment securities, other intangible assets and the related amortization thereon, pension liability and the fair value of certain financial instruments.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2014 presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on the Company’s reported net income or shareholders’ equity.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, we consider cash and cash equivalents to include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold and all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

 

Investment Securities

 

Investments in debt securities and marketable equity securities are designated as trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Securities are designated as held to maturity only if we have the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity. Held to maturity debt securities are reported at amortized cost. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in earnings. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

 

We use current quotations, where available, to estimate the fair value of investment securities. Where current quotations are not available, we estimate fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows. We consider the facts of each security including the nature of the security, the amount and duration of the loss, credit quality of the issuer, the expectations for that security’s performance and our intent and ability to hold the security until recovery. Declines in the value of debt securities and marketable equity securities that are considered other than temporary are recorded in other operating income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recorded in other operating income using the specific identification method.

 

90



 

We amortize premiums and accrete discounts associated with investment securities using the interest method over the life of the respective security instrument.

 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”), the bank is required to obtain and hold a specific number of shares of capital stock of the FHLB based on the amount of outstanding FHLB advances. The securities are reported at cost and are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale consists of the following two types: (1) Hawaii residential mortgage loans that are originated with the intent to sell them in the secondary market and (2) non-residential mortgage loans in both Hawaii and the U.S. Mainland that were originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio but were subsequently transferred to the held for sale category. Hawaii residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis, while the non-residential Hawaii and U.S. Mainland loans are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis. Net fees and costs associated with originating and acquiring the Hawaii residential mortgage loans held for sale are deferred and included in the basis for determining the gain or loss on sales of loans held for sale. We report the fair values of the non-residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale net of applicable selling costs on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

Loans originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio are subsequently transferred to held for sale when our intent to hold for the foreseeable future has changed. At the time of a loan’s transfer to the held for sale account, the loan is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Any reduction in the loan’s value is reflected as a write-down of the recorded investment resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

In subsequent periods, if the fair value of a loan classified as held for sale is less than its cost basis, a valuation adjustment is recognized in our consolidated statement of income in other operating expense and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted accordingly. The valuation adjustment may be recovered in the event that the fair value increases, which is also recognized in our consolidated statement of income in other operating expense.

 

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. Collateral values are determined based on appraisals received from qualified valuation professionals and are obtained periodically or when indicators that property values may be impaired are present.

 

We sell residential mortgage loans under industry standard contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties, which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan, and other similar matters. We may be required to repurchase certain loans sold with identified defects, indemnify the investor, or reimburse the investor for any credit losses incurred. Our repurchase risk generally relates to early payment defaults and borrower fraud. We establish residential mortgage repurchase reserves to reflect this risk based on our estimate of losses after considering a combination of factors, including our estimate of future repurchase activity and our projection of expected credit losses resulting from repurchased loans. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, this reserve totaled $2.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

91



 

Loans

 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Unearned income represents net deferred loan fees that are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield. Net deferred loan fees are amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the loan, adjusted for actual prepayments. Unamortized fees on loans paid in full are recognized as a component of interest income.

 

Interest income on loans is recognized on an accrual basis. For all loan types, the Company determines delinquency status by considering the number of days full payments required by the contractual terms of the loan are past due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when interest payments are 90 days past due, or earlier should management determine that the borrowers will be unable to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations, unless the loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income should management determine that the collectibility of such accrued interest is doubtful. All subsequent receipts are applied to principal outstanding and no interest income is recognized unless the financial condition and payment record of the borrowers warrant such recognition. A nonaccrual loan may be restored to an accrual basis when principal and interest payments are current and full payment of principal and interest is expected.

 

Leases

 

We provide equipment financing to our customers through a variety of lease arrangements. Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Unearned income on direct financing leases is amortized over the lease terms by methods that approximate the interest method. Our lease portfolio has declined over the last five years and had an outstanding balance of $3.1 million and $6.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) is established through provisions for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) charged against income. Our policy is to charge a loan off in the period in which the loan is deemed to be uncollectible and all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. We consider a loan to be uncollectible when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the Company can make a reasonable estimate of the loss. In these instances, the likelihood of and/or timeframe for recovery of the amount due is uncertain, weak, or protracted. Subsequent receipts, if any, are credited first to the remaining principal, then to the Allowance as recoveries, and finally to unaccrued interest.

 

The Allowance is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. We maintain our Allowance at an amount we expect to be sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio based on a projection of probable net loan charge-offs.

 

The Company’s approach to developing the Allowance has three basic elements. These elements include specific reserves for individually impaired loans, a general allowance for loans other than those analyzed as individually impaired, and an unallocated reserve. These three methods are explained below.

 

Specific Reserve

 

Individually impaired loans in all loan categories are evaluated using one of three valuation methods as prescribed under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-10, Fair Value of Collateral, Observable Market Price, or Cash Flow. A loan is generally evaluated for impairment on an individual basis if it meets one or more of the following characteristics: risk-rated as substandard, doubtful or loss, loans on nonaccrual status, troubled debt restructures, or any loan deemed prudent by management to so analyze. If the valuation of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the deficiency will be charged off against the Allowance or, alternatively, a specific reserve will be established and included in the overall Allowance balance.

 

92



 

General Allowance

 

In determining the general allowance component of the Allowance, the Company utilizes a comprehensive approach to segment the loan portfolio into homogenous groups. Six criteria divide the Company’s loan portfolio into 128 homogenous subsectors. First, loans are divided by general geographic region (U.S. Mainland and Hawaii). Second, loans are subdivided according to FDIC classification (Construction, Commercial Mortgage, Commercial, Financial and Agricultural, Leases, Residential Mortgage, Consumer). Third, loans within the Construction category are further subdivided by collateral type (Commercial and Residential). Fourth, loans within the Residential Mortgage category are further subdivided by ownership type (Investor-owned and Owner-occupied). Fifth, loans are subdivided by state or for some, by county (All Hawaii, Hawaii Island, Kauai, Maui, Oahu, Other Hawaii, All U.S. Mainland, Los Angeles/Orange County CA, Riverside/San Bernardino CA, Sacramento/Placer/El Dorado/Yolo CA, San Diego CA, Washington/Oregon, Other U.S. Mainland). Finally, loans are further subdivided by risk rating (Pass, Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful).

 

For the purpose of determining general allowance loss factors, loss experience is derived from charge-offs and recoveries. From 2010 through 2013, the calculation of subsector loss factors involved the summation of charge-offs and recoveries that occurred within the last eight quarters (for loans secured by real estate) or four quarters (for all other loans) divided by the average loan balance over the last eight or four quarters, respectively. The eight or four quarter period is referred to as the look-back period. We did not apply any weighting schema to our loss experience over the look-back period. A rolling eight quarter period was utilized for FDIC classifications involving real estate collateral to account for prolonged loss recognition and ultimate disposition periods associated with loans secured by real estate. The Company’s rapidly evolving loss experience necessitated the use of shorter loss analysis periods in order to ensure that loss rates would be adequately responsive to changes in loss experience. During that period, the Company considered recent loss data to be more relevant to the period then under analysis. The look-back period was also consistent with commentary provided by our primary banking regulator following our 2010 Safety and Soundness Examination.

 

During 2012 through 2014, economic conditions stabilized, and improved credit quality trends have contributed to consistent reductions to the Allowance. Given the diminishing loss rates, in the first quarter of 2014 the look-back period was extended to 17 quarters, with the intention of extending the look-back period each quarter thereafter to a total of 24 quarters or six years to incorporate broader loss experience through a more complete economic cycle and reduce the Company’s reliance on proxy loss rates by capturing more of the Company’s own historical loss experience in this extended look-back period. The enhanced methodology does not incorporate data from before 2010 because the Company has reason to believe that anomalous charge-off activity may cause pre-2010 internal loss data to be an inappropriate representation of future loss experience. We believe that this longer look-back period is appropriate in light of the Company’s limited loss experience throughout the recent economic recovery and stabilization. Additionally, as economic conditions have stabilized over 2012 through 2014, lower loss rate volatility has diminished the need for shorter loss analysis periods that are more responsive to shifts in loss experience. In our revised approach, the losses during the six year look-back period will be weighted to place more emphasis on recent loss experience. Also in late 2013, the Company received guidance from its primary banking regulator supporting the use of extended loss analysis periods. The Supervisory Examiner recommended a periodic reassessment of the look-back period and suggested that a look-back period beyond eight quarters may be more reasonable given the then current economic conditions and portfolio performance.

 

Our Allowance methodology uses qualitative adjustments for economic/market conditions and Company-specific conditions. The economic/market conditions factor is applied on a regional/geographic basis. The Company-specific condition factor is applied on a category basis. Two key indicators, personal income and unemployment, comprise the economic/market adjustment factor.

 

Personal income is analyzed by comparing average quarter-to-quarter percentage change trends reported by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis. Specifically, the rolling four quarter average percentage change in personal income is calculated and compared to a baseline historical factor, calculated as the average quarter-to-quarter percentage change over the prior ten years. The difference between the current average change and the historical average change is utilized as the personal income component of the economic/market adjustment factor.

 

93



 

The second component of the economic/market factor, unemployment, is derived by comparing the current quarter unemployment rate, reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, to its ten year historical average. A constant scaling factor is applied to the difference between the current rate and the historical average in order to smooth significant period-to-period fluctuations. The result is utilized as the unemployment component of the economic factor. The personal income factor and unemployment factor are added together to determine each region’s total economic/market adjustment factor.

 

The general allowance also incorporates qualitative adjustment factors that capture company-specific conditions for which national/regional statistics are not available, or for which significant localized market specific events have not yet been captured within regional statistics or the Company’s historical loss experience.

 

Since we cannot predict with certainty the amount of loan and lease charge-offs that will be incurred and because the eventual level of loan and lease charge-offs are impacted by numerous conditions beyond our control, we use our historical loss experience adjusted for current conditions to determine both our Allowance and Provision. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our Allowance. The determination of the Allowance requires us to make estimates of losses that are highly uncertain and involves a high degree of judgment. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes in the estimate of the Allowance and related Provision could materially affect our operating results.

 

Unallocated Reserve

 

The Company may also maintain an unallocated Allowance amount to provide for other credit losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio that may not have been contemplated in the credit loss factors. The unallocated reserve is a measure to address judgmental estimates that are inevitably imprecise and it reflects an adjustment to the Allowance that is not attributable to specific categories of the loan portfolio. The unallocated reserve is distinct from and not captured in the Company’s qualitative adjustments in the general component of the Allowance. Accordingly, the unallocated reserve is intended to capture broader national and global economic risks that could potentially have a ripple effect on our loan portfolio.

 

In the second quarter of 2014, the Company adopted an enhancement to the procedures described above which limits the unallocated component of the Allowance as a percentage of the then current general component of the Allowance, rounded upward to the nearest $500,000. This is derived by taking the historical average of the percentage of the unallocated component to the general component over the maximum look-back period prescribed in our methodology. The unallocated amount may be maintained at higher levels during times of economic stress conditions on a local or global basis.

 

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

 

Our process for determining the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is consistent with our process for determining the Allowance and is adjusted for estimated loan funding probabilities. The reserve for unfunded loan commitments is recorded separately through a valuation allowance included in other liabilities. Credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are deducted from the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures in the period in which the liability is settled. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit losses is established by a charge to other operating expense.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are included in other operating expense and are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the applicable leases. Useful lives generally range from five to thirty-nine years for premises and improvements, and one to seven years for equipment. Major improvements and betterments are capitalized, while recurring maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense. Net gains or losses on dispositions of premises and equipment are included in other operating expense.

 

94



 

Other Intangible Assets

 

Other intangible assets include a core deposit premium and mortgage servicing rights.

 

Our core deposit premium is being amortized over 14 years which approximates the estimated life of the purchased deposits. The carrying value of our core deposit premium is periodically evaluated to estimate the remaining periods of benefit. If these periods of benefit are determined to be less than the remaining amortizable life, an adjustment to reflect such shorter life will be made.

 

We utilize the amortization method to measure our mortgage servicing rights. Under the amortization method, we amortize our mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income. Income generated as the result of new mortgage servicing rights is reported as gains on sales of loans. Amortization of the servicing rights is reported as amortization of other intangible assets in our consolidated statements of income. Ancillary income is recorded in other income. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold to third-parties with servicing of those loans retained and we classify our entire mortgage servicing rights into one class.

 

Initial fair value of the servicing right is calculated by a discounted cash flow model prepared by a third party service provider based on market value assumptions at the time of origination and we assess the servicing right for impairment using current market value assumptions at each reporting period. Critical assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service and ancillary income. Variations in our assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values. Changes to our assumptions are made when current trends and market data indicate that new trends have developed. Current market value assumptions based on loan product types (fixed rate, adjustable rate and balloon loans) include average discount rates, servicing cost and ancillary income. Many of these assumptions are subjective and require a high level of management judgment. Our mortgage servicing rights portfolio and valuation assumptions are periodically reviewed by management.

 

The fair value of our mortgage servicing rights is validated by first ensuring the completeness and accuracy of the loan data used in the valuation analysis. Reconciliation is performed by comparing the loan data from our loan system to a valuation report prepared by a third party. Additionally, the critical assumptions which come from the third party are reviewed by management. This review may include comparing actual assumptions to forecast or evaluating the reasonableness of market assumptions by reviewing them in relation to the values and trends of assumptions used by peer banks. The validation process also includes reviewing key metrics such as the fair value as a percentage of the total unpaid principal balance of the mortgages serviced, and the resulting percentage as a multiple of the net servicing fee. These key metrics are tracked to ensure the trends are reasonable, and are periodically compared to peer banks.

 

Prepayment speeds may be affected by economic factors such as home price appreciation, market interest rates, the availability of other credit products to our borrowers and customer payment patterns. Prepayment speeds include the impact of all borrower prepayments, including full payoffs, additional principal payments and the impact of loans paid off due to foreclosure liquidations.

 

We perform an impairment assessment of our other intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable. Our impairment assessments involve, among other valuation methods, the estimation of future cash flows and other methods of determining fair value. Estimating future cash flows and determining fair values is subject to judgments and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The variability of the factors we use to perform our impairment tests depend on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events and cash flows. All such factors were interdependent and, therefore, do not change in isolation. Accordingly, our accounting estimates may materially change from period to period due to changing market factors.

 

95



 

During the second quarter of 2012, we evaluated the recoverability of the intangible assets on our customer relationships and non-compete agreements related to the acquisition of Pacific Islands Financial Management. Upon completion of this review, we determined that the intangible assets related to our customer relationships and non-compete agreements were both fully impaired, and thus, we recorded impairment charges to other operating expense totaling $0.9 million during the second quarter of 2012.

 

Other Real Estate

 

Other real estate is composed of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings and is initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property, thereby establishing the new cost basis of other real estate. Losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the Allowance. Subsequent to acquisition, such properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling expenses, determined on an individual asset basis. Any deficiency resulting from the excess of cost over fair value less estimated selling expenses is recognized as a valuation allowance. Any subsequent increase in fair value up to its cost basis is recorded as a reduction of the valuation allowance. Increases or decreases in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expense. Net gains or losses recognized on the sale of these properties are included in other operating income.

 

Non-Controlling Interest

 

Non-controlling interest at December 31, 2013 was comprised of preferred stock issued to third parties by the Company’s subsidiary, CPB Real Estate, Inc.  In the second quarter of 2014, CPB Real Estate, Inc. repurchased all of its outstanding preferred stock issued to third parties for $61 thousand. As a result, there was no non-controlling interest remaining on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014.

 

Share Based Compensation

 

Share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair-value of stock-based awards and we recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards on a straight-line basis over their respective vesting period. See Note 15 for further discussion of our stock-based compensation.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance may be required if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years, to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies that could be implemented to accelerate taxable income, if necessary. If our estimates of future taxable income were materially overstated or if our assumptions regarding the tax consequences of tax planning strategies were inaccurate, some or all of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, which would result in a charge to earnings. Our continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in interest expense and other expense, respectively.

 

We establish income tax contingency reserves for potential tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Tax benefits are recognized when we determine that it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Where uncertainty exists due to the complexity of income tax statutes, and where the potential tax amounts are significant, we generally seek independent tax opinions to support our positions. If our evaluation of the likelihood of the realization of benefits is inaccurate, we could incur additional income tax and interest expense that would adversely impact earnings, or we could receive tax benefits greater than anticipated which would positively impact earnings.

 

96



 

Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding unvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, increased by the dilutive effect of stock options and stock awards, less shares held in a Rabbi trust pursuant to a deferred compensation plan for directors.

 

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

 

We are periodically a party to a limited amount of forward foreign exchange contracts to satisfy customer requirements for foreign currencies. These contracts are not utilized for trading purposes and are carried at market value, with realized gains and losses included in fees on foreign exchange.

 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

We recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date that we enter into a derivative contract, we designate the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of an identified asset or liability (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to an identified asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”) or (3) a transaction not qualifying for hedge accounting (“free standing derivative”). For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative and, to the extent that it is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability, attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative, to the extent that it is effective, is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). These changes in fair value are subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction affects net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For free standing derivatives, changes in fair values are reported in current period other operating income.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The provisions of ASU 2013-11 provide guidance for financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The Company has reflected the adoption of this guidance prospectively on January 1, 2014, the effective date of ASU 2013-11. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

2.                                      REGULATORY MATTERS

 

In May 2011, the regulatory Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) that the bank entered into with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the State of Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) on December 9, 2009 was lifted. In place of the Consent Order, the Board of Directors of the bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Bank MOU”) with the FDIC and DFI effective May 5, 2011. We worked closely with both the FDIC and DFI to satisfactorily resolve all outstanding issues contained in the Bank MOU, including but not limited to, maintaining an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, improving our asset quality, reducing our classified assets, and ensuring that our capital levels exceeded the levels required by the Bank MOU. The bank received a letter from the FDIC and DFI dated October 26, 2012 advising the bank that the Bank MOU was lifted.

 

97



 

The Company entered into a Written Agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and DFI on July 2, 2010, which superseded in its entirety the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the Written Agreement provided that unless we received the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we could not: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from Central Pacific Bank; (iii) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of our stock. The Written Agreement also required that our Board of Directors fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with any supervisory action taken by the bank’s regulators. We were also required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan cash flow projection. On February 12, 2013, the Written Agreement was terminated.

 

On October 9, 2012, the bank entered into a separate Memorandum of Understanding (the “Compliance MOU”) with the FDIC to improve the bank’s compliance management system (“CMS”). Under the Compliance MOU, we were required to, among other things, (i) improve the Board of Directors’ oversight of the bank’s CMS; (ii) ensure the establishment and implementation of the bank’s CMS is commensurate with the complexity of the bank’s operations; (iii) perform a full review of all compliance policy and procedures, then revise and adopt policy and procedures to ensure compliance with all consumer protection regulations; (iv) enhance the bank’s training program relating to consumer protection and fair lending regulations; (v) develop and implement an effective internal monitoring program to ensure compliance with all applicable laws and regulations; (vi) strengthen the compliance audit function to ensure that the compliance audits are appropriately and comprehensively scoped; (vii) develop and implement internal controls for the bank’s third-party payment processing activity; (viii) strengthen the Board of Directors and senior management’s oversight of third-party relationships and (ix) enhance the bank’s overdraft payment program. The bank received a letter from the FDIC dated November 14, 2014 advising the bank that the Compliance MOU was terminated. In addition, the bank received an “Outstanding” rating in the FDIC’s 2014 Community Reinvestment performance evaluation that measures how financial institutions support their communities in the areas of lending, investment and service.

 

Although we are no longer subject to any agreements with our regulators, we may still become subject to other agreements with regulators which restrict our activities or our regulators may impose higher capital ratios or other requirements on our business.

 

3.                                      RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

 

The bank is required by the FRBSF to maintain reserves based on the amount of deposits held. The amount held as a reserve by our bank at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $64.2 million and $48.5 million, respectively.

 

98



 

4.                                      INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

A summary of our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

$

238,287

 

$

196

 

$

(2,886

)

$

235,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

191,280

 

$

2,054

 

$

(1,689

)

$

191,645

 

Corporate securities

 

99,237

 

1,492

 

(125

)

100,604

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

744,527

 

11,064

 

(4,033

)

751,558

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

180,905

 

4,456

 

(1,027

)

184,334

 

Other

 

757

 

120

 

 

877

 

Total

 

$

1,216,706

 

$

19,186

 

$

(6,874

)

$

1,229,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities - U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

$

252,047

 

$

 

$

(13,342

)

$

238,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

191,158

 

$

305

 

$

(12,106

)

$

179,357

 

Corporate securities

 

157,337

 

1,878

 

(1,120

)

158,095

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

936,144

 

7,085

 

(15,603

)

927,626

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

147,902

 

81

 

(5,937

)

142,046

 

Other

 

755

 

120

 

 

875

 

Total

 

$

1,433,296

 

$

9,469

 

$

(34,766

)

$

1,407,999

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of our investment securities at December 31, 2014 by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

238,287

 

$

235,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

3,851

 

$

3,847

 

Due after one year through five years

 

56,846

 

57,987

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

112,838

 

113,184

 

Due after ten years

 

116,982

 

117,231

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

925,432

 

935,892

 

Other

 

757

 

877

 

Total

 

$

1,216,706

 

$

1,229,018

 

 

99



 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale were $162.5 million, $271.9 million, and $130.1 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $0.9 million, $3.9 million, and $1.7 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and gross realized losses of $0.7 million, $3.4 million, and $0.9 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The specific identification method was used as the basis for determining the cost of all securities sold.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we executed a bond swap where we sold $271.5 million in lower-yielding available-for-sale agency debentures and agency mortgage-backed securities and agency debentures with an average net yield of 1.87% and a weighted average life of 2.9 years and reallocated the proceeds in $242.5 million of higher-yielding agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities and corporate bond securities with an average yield of 3.21% and a weighted average life of 7.4 years. The new securities were classified in the available-for-sale portfolio and a net gain of $0.5 million was realized on the transaction.

 

In the third quarter of 2012, we completed an investment securities portfolio repositioning to reduce net interest income volatility and enhance the potential for prospective earnings and an improved net interest margin. In connection with the repositioning, we sold $124.7 million in available for sale mortgage-backed securities with an average net yield of 0.60% and a weighted average life of 1.3 years and reinvested the proceeds in $133.2 million of investment securities with an average yield of 1.88% and a weighted average life of 5.3 years. The new securities were classified in the held to maturity portfolio and a net gain of $0.7 million was realized on the transaction.

 

Investment securities of $900.5 million and $914.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds on deposit and other long-term and short-term borrowings.

 

There were a total of 195 and 321 securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Provided below is a summary of investment securities which were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or longer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Description of Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

23,591

 

$

(145

)

$

68,622

 

$

(1,544

)

$

92,213

 

$

(1,689

)

Corporate securities

 

23,938

 

(125

)

 

 

23,938

 

(125

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

119,210

 

(521

)

403,926

 

(6,398

)

523,136

 

(6,919

)

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

20,857

 

(100

)

47,539

 

(927

)

68,396

 

(1,027

)

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

187,596

 

$

(891

)

$

520,087

 

$

(8,869

)

$

707,683

 

$

(9,760

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

137,176

 

$

(8,985

)

$

32,747

 

$

(3,121

)

$

169,923

 

$

(12,106

)

Corporate securities

 

75,368

 

(1,120

)

 

 

75,368

 

(1,120

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

909,585

 

(28,386

)

4,848

 

(559

)

914,433

 

(28,945

)

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

129,991

 

(5,937

)

 

 

129,991

 

(5,937

)

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

1,252,120

 

$

(44,428

)

$

37,595

 

$

(3,680

)

$

1,289,715

 

$

(48,108

)

 

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment securities were caused by market conditions. Investment securities are evaluated on a quarterly basis, and include evaluating the changes in the investment securities’ ratings issued by rating agencies and changes in the financial condition of the issuer, and for mortgage related securities, delinquency and loss information with respect to the underlying collateral, changes in levels of subordination for the Company’s particular position within the repayment structure, and remaining credit enhancement as compared to expected credit losses of the security. Substantially all of these investment securities continue to be investment grade rated by one or more major rating agencies.

 

100



 

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

 

Unrealized losses for all investment securities are reviewed to determine whether the losses are “other-than-temporary.” Investment securities are evaluated for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary. In conducting this assessment, we evaluate a number of factors including, but not limited to:

 

·                  The length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

·                  Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area;

·                  The historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

·                  The payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

·                  Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

·                  Any rating changes by a rating agency; and

·                  Recoveries or additional decline in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a general lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized for anticipated credit losses.

 

The declines in market value were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and disruptions in the credit and financial markets. Because we have no intent to sell securities in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we do not consider our investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

 

5.             LOANS AND LEASES

 

Loans and leases, excluding loans held for sale, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

463,070

 

$

398,365

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

115,023

 

75,927

 

Mortgage - residential

 

1,280,089

 

1,135,155

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

704,099

 

703,800

 

Consumer

 

365,662

 

311,670

 

Leases

 

3,140

 

6,241

 

 

 

2,931,083

 

2,631,158

 

Net deferred costs (income)

 

1,115

 

(557

)

Total loans and leases

 

$

2,932,198

 

$

2,630,601

 

 

101



 

There are different types of risk characteristic for the loans in each portfolio segment. The construction and real estate segment’s predominant risk characteristic are the collateral and the geographic location of the property collateralizing the loan, as well as the operating cash flow for the commercial real estate properties. The commercial and industrial (including leases) segment’s predominant risk characteristics are the cash flows of the business we lend to, the global cash flows and liquidity of the guarantors of such losses, as well as economic and market conditions. The consumer segment’s predominant risk characteristics are employment and income levels as they relate to the consumer.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we transferred the collateral in six portfolio loans with a carrying value of $2.8 million to other real estate. We did not transfer any portfolio loans to the held-for-sale category and we did not sell any portfolio loans in 2014. In 2014, we purchased auto loan portfolios for $11.2 million, which included a $0.3 million premium over the $10.9 million outstanding balance. At the time of purchase, the auto loan portfolios had a weighted average remaining term of 71 months. In 2014, we also purchased participation interests in student loans totaling $51.5 million, which represented the outstanding balance at the time of purchases. At the time of purchases, the student loans had a weighted average remaining term of 123 months.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we transferred the collateral in 12 portfolio loans with a carrying value of $4.4 million to other real estate. We did not transfer any portfolio loans to the held-for-sale category and we did not sell any portfolio loans in 2013. In 2013, we purchased auto loan portfolios for $67.7 million, which included a $2.8 million premium over the $64.9 million outstanding balance. At the time of purchase, the auto loan portfolios had a weighted average remaining term of 72 months. In 2013, we also purchased participation interests in student loans totaling $17.4 million, which represented the outstanding balance at the time of purchases. At the time of purchases, the student loans had a weighted average remaining term of 122 months.

 

In the normal course of business, our bank makes loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates under terms that management believes are consistent with its general lending policies. An analysis of the activity of such loans follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

12,942

 

$

1,501

 

Additions

 

19,448

 

17,487

 

Repayments

 

(3,159

)

(6,046

)

Balance, end of year

 

$

29,231

 

$

12,942

 

 

102



 

Impaired Loans

 

The following table presents by class, the balance in the Allowance and the recorded investment in loans and leases based on the Company’s impairment method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Commercial,

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial &
Agricultural

 

Construction

 

Mortgage -
Residential

 

Mortgage -
Commercial

 

Consumer

 

Leases

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance attributable to loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

1,533

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,533

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

7,421

 

14,969

 

17,927

 

20,869

 

7,314

 

7

 

68,507

 

 

 

8,954

 

14,969

 

17,927

 

20,869

 

7,314

 

7

 

70,040

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

Total ending balance

 

$

8,954

 

$

14,969

 

$

17,927

 

$

20,869

 

$

7,314

 

$

7

 

$

74,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

13,369

 

$

4,888

 

$

30,893

 

$

23,126

 

$

 

$

 

$

72,276

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

449,701

 

110,135

 

1,249,196

 

680,973

 

365,662

 

3,140

 

2,858,807

 

 

 

463,070

 

115,023

 

1,280,089

 

704,099

 

365,662

 

3,140

 

2,931,083

 

Net deferred costs (income)

 

693

 

(469

)

2,235

 

(826

)

(518

)

 

1,115

 

Total ending balance

 

$

463,763

 

$

114,554

 

$

1,282,324

 

$

703,273

 

$

365,144

 

$

3,140

 

$

2,932,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance attributable to loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

349

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

349

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

12,847

 

2,774

 

25,272

 

29,947

 

6,576

 

55

 

77,471

 

 

 

13,196

 

2,774

 

25,272

 

29,947

 

6,576

 

55

 

77,820

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

Total ending balance

 

$

13,196

 

$

2,774

 

$

25,272

 

$

29,947

 

$

6,576

 

$

55

 

$

83,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

3,939

 

$

8,065

 

$

36,779

 

$

16,271

 

$

 

$

 

$

65,054

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

394,426

 

67,862

 

1,098,376

 

687,529

 

311,670

 

6,241

 

2,566,104

 

 

 

398,365

 

75,927

 

1,135,155

 

703,800

 

311,670

 

6,241

 

2,631,158

 

Net deferred costs (income)

 

351

 

(311

)

1,418

 

(1,033

)

(982

)

 

(557

)

Total ending balance

 

$

398,716

 

$

75,616

 

$

1,136,573

 

$

702,767

 

$

310,688

 

$

6,241

 

$

2,630,601

 

 

103



 

The following table presents by class, impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Unpaid Principal
Balance

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Allowance
Allocated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

738

 

$

738

 

$

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

11,275

 

4,888

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

34,131

 

30,893

 

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

30,249

 

23,126

 

 

Total impaired loans with no related allowance recorded

 

76,393

 

59,645

 

 

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

16,630

 

12,631

 

1,533

 

Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 

16,630

 

12,631

 

1,533

 

Total

 

$

93,023

 

$

72,276

 

$

1,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

1,069

 

$

1,040

 

$

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

14,451

 

8,065

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

41,117

 

36,779

 

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

22,353

 

16,271

 

 

Total impaired loans with no related allowance recorded

 

78,990

 

62,155

 

 

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

4,367

 

2,899

 

349

 

Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded

 

4,367

 

2,899

 

349

 

Total

 

$

83,357

 

$

65,054

 

$

349

 

 

104



 

The following table presents by class, the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Average
Recorded
Investment

 

Interest
Income
Recognized

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

14,303

 

$

22

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

5,517

 

163

 

Mortgage - residential

 

33,102

 

627

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

18,692

 

397

 

Total

 

$

71,614

 

$

1,209

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

4,138

 

$

24

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

24,545

 

1,442

 

Mortgage - residential

 

38,325

 

586

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

21,160

 

833

 

Leases

 

33

 

 

Total

 

$

88,201

 

$

2,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

3,486

 

$

39

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

56,762

 

771

 

Mortgage - residential

 

47,154

 

298

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

18,938

 

516

 

Leases

 

133

 

 

Total

 

$

126,473

 

$

1,624

 

 

105



 

Aging Analysis of Accruing and Non-Accruing Loans and Leases

 

For all loan types, the Company determines delinquency status by considering the number of days full payments required by the contractual terms of the loan are past due. The following table presents by class, the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

30 - 59
Days
Past Due

 

60 - 89
Days
Past Due

 

Accruing Loans
Greater Than 90 Days
Past Due

 

Nonaccrual
Loans

 

Total
Past Due

 

Loans and
Leases Not
Past Due

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

183

 

$

85

 

$

 

$

13,007

 

$

13,275

 

$

450,488

 

$

463,763

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

310

 

310

 

114,244

 

114,554

 

Mortgage - residential

 

3,078

 

379

 

 

13,048

 

16,505

 

1,265,819

 

1,282,324

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

68

 

 

 

12,722

 

12,790

 

690,483

 

703,273

 

Consumer

 

1,500

 

417

 

77

 

 

1,994

 

363,150

 

365,144

 

Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,140

 

3,140

 

Total

 

$

4,829

 

$

881

 

$

77

 

$

39,087

 

$

44,874

 

$

2,887,324

 

$

2,932,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

50

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,533

 

$

3,583

 

$

395,133

 

$

398,716

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

120

 

 

4,015

 

4,135

 

71,481

 

75,616

 

Mortgage - residential

 

3,898

 

1,885

 

 

20,271

 

26,054

 

1,110,519

 

1,136,573

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

544

 

 

 

13,769

 

14,313

 

688,454

 

702,767

 

Consumer

 

577

 

92

 

 

 

669

 

310,019

 

310,688

 

Leases

 

 

 

15

 

 

15

 

6,226

 

6,241

 

Total

 

$

5,069

 

$

2,097

 

$

15

 

$

41,588

 

$

48,769

 

$

2,581,832

 

$

2,630,601

 

 

Interest income totaling $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.7 million was recognized on nonaccrual loans, including loans held for sale, in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Additional interest income of $4.0 million, $4.9 million, and $10.1 million would have been recognized in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, had these loans been accruing interest throughout those periods. Additionally, interest income of $0.2 million, $2.5 million, and $0.8 million was collected and recognized on charged-off loans in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Modifications

 

TDRs included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2014 consisted of 35 Hawaii residential mortgage loans with a combined principal balance of $7.5 million, one Hawaii commercial loan with a principal balance of $0.4 million, and two Hawaii construction and development loans with a combined principal balance of $0.2 million. Concessions made to the original contractual terms of these loans consisted primarily of the deferral of interest and/or principal payments due to deterioration in the borrowers’ financial condition. The principal balances on these TDRs had matured and/or were in default at the time of restructure and we have no commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers. There were $29.5 million of TDRs still accruing interest at December 31, 2014, none of which were more than 90 days delinquent. At December 31, 2013, there were $23.3 million of TDRs still accruing interest, none of which were more than 90 days delinquent.

 

Some loans modified in a TDR may already be on nonaccrual status and partial charge-offs may have already been taken against the outstanding loan balance. Thus, these loans have already been identified as impaired and have already been evaluated under the Company’s Allowance methodology. As a result, some loans modified in a TDR may have the financial effect of increasing the specific allowance associated with the loan. The loans modified in a TDR did not have a material effect on our Provision and Allowance during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

106



 

The following table presents by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Number of
Contracts

 

Recorded
Investment
(as of period end)

 

Increase in
the
Allowance

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate - mortgage - residential

 

$

12

 

$

790

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

1

 

$

517

 

$

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

1

 

178

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

7

 

2,566

 

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

1

 

8,952

 

 

Total

 

10

 

$

12,213

 

$

 

 

The following table presents by class, loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Number of
Contracts

 

Recorded
Investment
(as of period end)

 

Number of
Contracts

 

Recorded
Investment
(as of period end)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

 

$

 

1

 

$

517

 

Real estate - mortgage - residential

 

1

 

25

 

 

 

Total

 

1

 

$

25

 

1

 

$

517

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes non-homogeneous loans and leases, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

 

Special Mention. Loans and leases classified as special mention, while still adequately protected by the borrower’s capital adequacy and payment capability, exhibit distinct weakening trends and/or elevated levels of exposure to external conditions. If left unchecked or uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deteriorated prospects of repayment. These exposures require management’s close attention so as to avoid becoming undue or unwarranted credit exposures.

 

Substandard. Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the borrower’s current financial condition and payment capability or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly repayment of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

107



 

Doubtful. Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or orderly repayment in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the exposure, its classification as an estimate loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.

 

Loss. Loans and leases classified as loss are considered to be non-collectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but rather it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off the loan, even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future. Losses are taken in the period in which they surface as uncollectible.

 

Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above are considered to be pass rated loans and leases. The following table presents by class and credit indicator, the recorded investment in the Company’s loans and leases as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

Pass

 

Special
Mention

 

Substandard

 

Subtotal

 

Net Deferred
Costs (Income)

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

432,892

 

$

14,655

 

$

15,523

 

$

463,070

 

$

693

 

$

463,763

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

111,370

 

 

3,653

 

115,023

 

(469

)

114,554

 

Mortgage - residential

 

1,265,470

 

352

 

14,267

 

1,280,089

 

2,235

 

1,282,324

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

660,492

 

10,498

 

33,109

 

704,099

 

(826

)

703,273

 

Consumer

 

365,332

 

294

 

36

 

365,662

 

(518

)

365,144

 

Leases

 

3,140

 

 

 

3,140

 

 

3,140

 

Total

 

$

2,838,696

 

$

25,799

 

$

66,588

 

$

2,931,083

 

$

1,115

 

$

2,932,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

371,285

 

$

21,511

 

$

5,569

 

$

398,365

 

$

351

 

$

398,716

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

67,435

 

4,477

 

4,015

 

75,927

 

(311

)

75,616

 

Mortgage - residential

 

1,113,363

 

361

 

21,431

 

1,135,155

 

1,418

 

1,136,573

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

651,761

 

20,690

 

31,349

 

703,800

 

(1,033

)

702,767

 

Consumer

 

311,670

 

 

 

311,670

 

(982

)

310,688

 

Leases

 

6,241

 

 

 

6,241

 

 

6,241

 

Total

 

$

2,521,755

 

$

47,039

 

$

62,364

 

$

2,631,158

 

$

(557

)

$

2,630,601

 

 

In accordance with applicable Interagency Guidance issued by our primary bank regulators, we define subprime borrowers as typically having weakened credit histories that include payment delinquencies and possibly more severe problems such as charge-offs, judgments, and bankruptcies. They may also display reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria that may encompass borrowers with incomplete credit histories. Subprime loans are loans to borrowers displaying one or more of these characteristics at the time of origination or purchase. Such loans have a higher risk of default than loans to prime borrowers. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we did not have any loans that we considered to be subprime.

 

108



 

6.                                      ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

 

The following table presents by class, the activity in the Allowance for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Commercial,

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial &

 

 

 

Mortgage -

 

Mortgage -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agricultural

 

Construction

 

Residential

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

Leases

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

13,196

 

$

2,774

 

$

25,272

 

$

29,947

 

$

6,576

 

$

55

 

$

6,000

 

$

83,820

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

(1,522

)

10,155

 

(8,198

)

(8,090

)

3,289

 

(48

)

(2,000

)

(6,414

)

 

 

11,674

 

12,929

 

17,074

 

21,857

 

9,865

 

7

 

4,000

 

77,406

 

Charge-offs

 

5,046

 

 

139

 

1,041

 

3,703

 

8

 

 

9,937

 

Recoveries

 

2,326

 

2,040

 

992

 

53

 

1,152

 

8

 

 

6,571

 

Net charge-offs (recoveries)

 

2,720

 

(2,040

)

(853

)

988

 

2,551

 

 

 

3,366

 

Ending balance

 

$

8,954

 

$

14,969

 

$

17,927

 

$

20,869

 

$

7,314

 

$

7

 

$

4,000

 

$

74,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

4,987

 

$

4,510

 

$

27,836

 

$

50,574

 

$

2,421

 

$

85

 

$

6,000

 

$

96,413

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

9,634

 

(4,974

)

(2,588

)

(18,099

)

5,093

 

(376

)

 

(11,310

)

 

 

14,621

 

(464

)

25,248

 

32,475

 

7,514

 

(291

)

6,000

 

85,103

 

Charge-offs

 

2,812

 

358

 

1,083

 

6,768

 

1,595

 

 

 

12,616

 

Recoveries

 

1,387

 

3,596

 

1,107

 

4,240

 

657

 

346

 

 

11,333

 

Net charge-offs (recoveries)

 

1,425

 

(3,238

)

(24

)

2,528

 

938

 

(346

)

 

1,283

 

Ending balance

 

$

13,196

 

$

2,774

 

$

25,272

 

$

29,947

 

$

6,576

 

$

55

 

$

6,000

 

$

83,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

6,110

 

$

28,630

 

$

30,732

 

$

49,733

 

$

2,335

 

$

553

 

$

4,000

 

$

122,093

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

1,042

 

(22,307

)

(2,108

)

2,386

 

547

 

(445

)

2,000

 

(18,885

)

 

 

7,152

 

6,323

 

28,624

 

52,119

 

2,882

 

108

 

6,000

 

103,208

 

Charge-offs

 

3,779

 

8,435

 

1,664

 

2,033

 

1,490

 

28

 

 

17,429

 

Recoveries

 

1,614

 

6,622

 

876

 

488

 

1,029

 

5

 

 

10,634

 

Net charge-offs

 

2,165

 

1,813

 

788

 

1,545

 

461

 

23

 

 

6,795

 

Ending balance

 

$

4,987

 

$

4,510

 

$

27,836

 

$

50,574

 

$

2,421

 

$

85

 

$

6,000

 

$

96,413

 

 

In accordance with GAAP, loans held for sale and other real estate assets are not included in our assessment of the Allowance.

 

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired loans (included in the above amounts) were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

349

 

$

3,011

 

$

772

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

1,354

 

 

2,520

 

Other changes

 

(170

)

(2,662

)

(281

)

Balance, end of year

 

$

1,533

 

$

349

 

$

3,011

 

 

The amounts included in other changes above represent net charge-offs and net transfers of allocated allowances for loans and leases that were not classified as impaired for the entire year. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, all impaired loans were measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans or at the loan’s observable market price.

 

In determining the amount of our Allowance, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions, as well as regulatory requirements and input. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current Allowance may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses and we may experience significant increases to our Provision.

 

109



 

7.             SECURITIZATIONS

 

In prior years, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans with a U.S. Government sponsored entity and continue to service the residential mortgage loans. The servicing assets were recorded at their respective fair values which equaled par value at the time of securitization.

 

All unsold mortgage-backed securities from prior securitizations were categorized as available for sale securities and were therefore recorded at their fair value of $3.5 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The fair values of these mortgage-backed securities were based on quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets. Unrealized gains of $0.3 million and $0.2 million on unsold mortgage-backed securities were recorded in AOCI at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

8.                                      PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

9,006

 

$

9,006

 

Office buildings and improvements

 

98,081

 

94,888

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

36,916

 

36,677

 

 

 

144,003

 

140,571

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(94,789

)

(91,532

)

Net premises and equipment

 

$

49,214

 

$

49,039

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment were charged to the following operating expenses:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net occupancy

 

$

3,845

 

$

3,702

 

$

3,723

 

Equipment

 

1,997

 

2,305

 

2,628

 

Total

 

$

5,842

 

$

6,007

 

$

6,351

 

 

9.                                      OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Other intangible assets include a core deposit premium and mortgage servicing rights. The following table presents changes in other intangible assets for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Core

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit

 

Servicing

 

 

 

 

 

Premium

 

Rights

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

 

$

15,378

 

$

22,121

 

$

37,499

 

Additions

 

 

2,702

 

2,702

 

Amortization

 

(2,674

)

(4,744

)

(7,418

)

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 

$

12,704

 

$

20,079

 

$

32,783

 

Additions

 

 

2,246

 

2,246

 

Amortization

 

(2,675

)

(2,657

)

(5,332

)

Balance as of December 31, 2014

 

$

10,029

 

$

19,668

 

$

29,697

 

 

110



 

The gross carrying value, accumulated amortization and net carrying value related to our other intangible assets are presented below:

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Value

 

Amortization

 

Value

 

Value

 

Amortization

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit premium

 

$

44,642

 

$

(34,613

)

$

10,029

 

$

44,642

 

$

(31,938

)

$

12,704

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

56,687

 

(37,019

)

19,668

 

54,441

 

(34,362

)

20,079

 

Total

 

$

101,329

 

$

(71,632

)

$

29,697

 

$

99,083

 

$

(66,300

)

$

32,783

 

 

Based on our other intangible assets held as of December 31, 2014, estimated amortization expense for the next five succeeding fiscal years and all years thereafter are as follows:

 

 

 

Estimated Amortization Expense

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

Core Deposit

 

Servicing

 

 

 

 

 

Premium

 

Rights

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

$

2,674

 

$

2,595

 

$

5,269

 

2016

 

2,674

 

1,906

 

4,580

 

2017

 

2,674

 

1,431

 

4,105

 

2018

 

2,007

 

1,069

 

3,076

 

2019

 

 

761

 

761

 

Thereafter

 

 

11,906

 

11,906

 

Total

 

$

10,029

 

$

19,668

 

$

29,697

 

 

At December 31, 2014, there were no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the assets assigned to our Banking Operations reporting unit, which includes the entire core deposit premium, were not recoverable.

 

We utilize the amortization method to measure our mortgage servicing rights. Under the amortization method, we amortize our mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income. Income generated as the result of new mortgage servicing rights is reported as gains on sales of loans and totaled $2.2 million, $2.7 million, and $5.7 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of the servicing rights is reported as amortization of other intangible assets in our consolidated statements of income. Ancillary income is recorded in other income. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold to third-parties with servicing of those loans retained and we classify our entire mortgage servicing rights into one class.

 

Initial fair value of the servicing right is calculated by a discounted cash flow model prepared by a third party service provider based on market value assumptions at the time of origination and we assess the servicing right for impairment using current market value assumptions at each reporting period. Critical assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service and ancillary income. Variations in our assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values. Changes to our assumptions are made when current trends and market data indicate that new trends have developed. Current market value assumptions based on loan product types (fixed rate, adjustable rate and balloon loans) include average discount rates, servicing costs and ancillary income. Many of these assumptions are subjective and require a high level of management judgment. Our mortgage servicing rights portfolio and valuation assumptions are periodically reviewed by management.

 

Prepayment speeds may be affected by economic factors such as home price appreciation, market interest rates, the availability of other credit products to our borrowers and customer payment patterns. Prepayment speeds include the impact of all borrower prepayments, including full payoffs, additional principal payments and the impact of loans paid off due to foreclosure liquidations. As market interest rates decline, prepayment speeds will generally increase as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. As prepayment speeds increase, anticipated cash flows will generally decline resulting in a potential reduction, or impairment, to the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights. Alternatively, an increase in market interest rates may cause a decrease in prepayment speeds and therefore an increase in fair value of mortgage servicing rights.

 

111



 

The following table presents the fair market value and key assumptions used in determining the fair market value of our mortgage servicing rights:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair market value, beginning of period

 

$

21,399

 

$

22,356

 

Fair market value, end of period

 

19,975

 

21,399

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

9.5

%

8.0

%

Weighted average prepayment speed assumption

 

13.2

 

13.6

 

 

Fair values at December 31, 2014 and 2013 reflected approximately $2.4 billion in loans serviced for others.

 

10.          DERIVATIVES

 

We utilize various designated and undesignated derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates including interest rate swaps, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale commitments. We measure all derivatives at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet. At each reporting period, we record the derivative instruments in other assets or other liabilities depending on whether the derivatives are in an asset or liability position. For derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments, we record the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the derivative in AOCI, net of tax, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction. We immediately recognize the portion of the gain or loss in the fair value of the derivative that represents hedge ineffectiveness in current period earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivative are included in current period earnings.

 

Interest Rate Lock and Forward Sale Commitments

 

We enter into interest rate lock commitments on certain mortgage loans that are intended to be sold. To manage interest rate risk on interest rate lock commitments, we also enter into forward loan sale commitments. The interest rate lock and forward loan sale commitments are accounted for as undesignated derivatives and are recorded at their respective fair values in other assets or other liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings. These instruments serve to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates. At December 31, 2014, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $44.3 million and $23.9 million of mortgage loans, respectively. At December 31, 2013, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $37.1 million and $24.2 million of mortgage loans, respectively.

 

112



 

The following table presents the location of all assets and liabilities associated with our derivative instruments within the consolidated balance sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Liability Derivatives

 

Derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments

 

Balance Sheet
Location

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2014

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2013

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2014

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2013

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other assets / other liabilities

 

$

504

 

$

425

 

$

122

 

$

146

 

 

The following tables present the impact of derivative instruments and their location within the consolidated statements of income:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationship

 

Amount of Loss Reclassified
 from AOCI into Earnings
(Effective Portion)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

(394

)

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI into income are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of income. The ineffective portion has been recognized as other operating income in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Derivatives not in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationship

 

Location of Gain Recognized
in Earnings on Derivatives

 

Amount of Gain Recognized
in Earnings on Derivatives

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other operating income

 

$

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other operating income

 

336

 

 

11.          DEPOSITS

 

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $804.2 million and $842.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Interest expense on certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $1.4 million, $1.5 million, and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Three months or less

 

$

343,383

 

Over three through six months

 

297,339

 

Over six through twelve months

 

92,411

 

2016

 

44,688

 

2017

 

13,317

 

2018

 

4,249

 

2019

 

8,780

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

$

804,167

 

 

113



 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, overdrawn deposit accounts totaling $0.7 million have been reclassified as loans on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

12.                               SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

At December 31, 2014, short-term borrowings consist of short-term FHLB advances of $38.0 million. At December 31, 2013, short-term borrowings consist of short-term FHLB advances of $8.0 million and overdraft balances in due from bank accounts.

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, our bank had additional unused borrowings available at the Federal Reserve discount window of $33.3 million and $46.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, certain commercial real estate and commercial loans with a carrying value totaling $72.9 million and $79.7 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral on our line of credit with the Federal Reserve discount window. The Federal Reserve does not have the right to sell or repledge these loans.

 

Interest expense on short-term borrowings were $92 thousand, $6 thousand and nil in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

A summary of our short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding at December 31

 

$

38,000

 

$

8,015

 

$

 

Average amount outstanding during year

 

31,732

 

1,988

 

11

 

Highest month-end balance during year

 

102,000

 

28,000

 

 

Weighted average interest rate on balances outstanding at December 31

 

0.25

%

0.23

%

0.00

%

Weighted average interest rate during year

 

0.29

%

0.32

%

0.70

%

 

13.                               LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Long-term debt, which is based on original maturity, consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

$

 

$

14

 

Subordinated debentures

 

92,785

 

92,785

 

 

 

$

92,785

 

$

92,799

 

 

FHLB Advances

 

FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2013 carried weighted average interest rates of 8.22%. At December 31, 2014, our bank had additional unused FHLB advances available of approximately $907.0 million, which was secured by unencumbered investment securities with a fair value of $0.8 million and certain real estate loans with a carrying value of $1.5 billion in accordance with the collateral provisions of the Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with the FHLB. Interest expense on FHLB advances was less than $1 thousand in 2014, compared to $2 thousand and $14 thousand in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

114



 

Subordinated Debentures

 

In March 2003, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust I (“Trust I”). Trust I issued $15.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Trust I trust preferred securities carried an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.25%, and matured on April 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust I were $15.5 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust I trust preferred securities. Trust I issued $0.5 million of common securities to the Company.

 

In June 2013, the Company was notified that $10.0 million of the $15.0 million in trust preferred securities of Trust I would be auctioned off as part of a larger pooled collateralized debt obligation liquidation. The Company placed a bid of $9.0 million for the securities which was accepted by the trustee and the transaction closed on June 18, 2013. Because our accepted bid of $9.0 million was less than the $10.0 million carrying value, we recognized a gain of $1.0 million related to this transaction on October 7, 2013, when these securities were called. The Company determined that its investment in Trust I did not represent a variable interest and therefore the Company was not the primary beneficiary of Trust I. As a result, consolidation of Trust I by the Company was not required. In October 2013, the Company purchased the remaining $5.0 million in trust preferred securities of Trust I and in April 2014, the remaining $0.5 million in common stock of the Trust I was called. On August 27, 2014, Trust I was cancelled with the state of Delaware.

 

In October 2003, we created two wholly-owned statutory trusts, CPB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) and CPB Statutory Trust III (“Trust III”). Trust II issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on October 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust II are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust II trust preferred securities. Trust II issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

 

Trust III issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on December 17, 2033. The principal assets of Trust III are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust III trust preferred securities. Trust III issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

 

In September 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”). Trust IV issued $30.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.45% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust IV are $30.9 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust IV trust preferred securities. Trust IV issued $0.9 million of common securities to the Company.

 

In December 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Statutory Trust V (“Trust V”). Trust V issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.87% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust V are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust V trust preferred securities. Trust V issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

 

The trust preferred securities, the subordinated debentures that are the assets of Trusts II, III, IV and V and the common securities issued by Trusts II, III, IV and V are redeemable in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after October 7, 2008 for Trusts II and III, and on or after December 15, 2009 for Trust IV and V, or at any time in whole but not in part within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events. Our obligations with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of each trust’s obligations with respect to its trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, we may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the subordinated debentures, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related trust preferred securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty.

 

On August 20, 2009, we began deferring regularly scheduled interest payments on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities. The terms of the junior subordinated debentures and the trust documents allow us to defer payments of interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. In March 2013, the Company paid all deferred interest on its subordinated debentures and related dividend payments on its trust preferred securities and resumed quarterly payments for each outstanding trust. As a result, deferred accrued interest totaling $13.0 million was paid in full.

 

115



 

At December 31, 2014, future principal payments on long-term debt based on final maturity are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

$

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Thereafter

 

92,785

 

Total

 

$

92,785

 

 

14.                               EQUITY

 

We completed a number of significant transactions as part of our recapitalization, including:

 

·                  On February 2, 2011, we effected a 1-for-20 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”).

 

·                  On February 18, 2011, we completed a capital raise of $325 million through a private placement offering (the “Private Placement”) with investments from (1) affiliates of each of The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”) pursuant to investment agreements with each of the Lead Investors and (2) various other investors, including certain of our directors and officers, pursuant to subscription agreements with each of such investors.

 

·                  Concurrently with the closing of the Private Placement, the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) agreed to exchange 135,000 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “TARP Preferred Stock”) purchased by the Treasury under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for 5,620,117 shares of our common stock (the “TARP Exchange”). We also amended the warrant held by the Treasury (the “Amended TARP Warrant”) to, among other things, reduce the exercise price from $255.40 per share to $10 per share. The warrant granted the Treasury the right to purchase up to 79,288 common shares, subject to adjustment.

 

The TARP Exchange resulted in a non-cash increase in net income available to common shareholders of $85.1 million as the book value of the preferred stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends was greater than the estimated fair value of the common stock issued to the Treasury of $56.2 million and the fair value of the Amended TARP Warrant at the time of the TARP Exchange. This accounting treatment had no effect on our total shareholders’ equity or our regulatory capital position.

 

In addition to adjusting the exercise price of the Amended TARP Warrant, its terms were revised to include a “down-round” provision allowing for the future adjustment to the exercise price for any subsequent issuances of common stock by the Company. Subject to certain exceptions, if the Company subsequently issues common stock, or rights or shares convertible into common stock, at a per share price lower than the $10 exercise price of the warrant, the exercise price of the warrant will be reduced to the per share common stock amount received in connection with the issuance and the number of shares of common stock subject to the warrant will be increased. This provision resulted in the warrant being carried as a derivative liability as compared to a common stock equivalent for balance sheet purposes as it possesses the characteristics of a freestanding derivative financial instrument as defined by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-10-15-83, Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging, and similar to the example illustrated in ASC 815-40-55-33 and -34. As a derivative liability, the warrant was carried at fair value, with subsequent remeasurements recorded through the current period’s earnings. The initial value attributed to the warrant was $1.7 million, with the fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model, with the following assumptions: 67% volatility, a risk-free rate of 3.59%, a yield of 1.45% and an estimated life of 10 years. From February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2012, this instrument’s estimated fair value decreased, which resulted in the recognition of $1.0 million recorded in other noninterest income during the year ended December 31, 2011, and a $0.1 million charge to other noninterest expense in 2012.

 

116



 

·                  On May 6, 2011, we completed a rights offering (the “Rights Offering”) which allowed shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 17, 2011 or their transferees to purchase newly issued common shares at $10 per share. The rights provided for the purchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock by holders of such rights. The Rights Offering was fully subscribed.

 

·                  On June 22, 2011, the Treasury completed a public underwritten offering of 2,850,000 shares of our common stock it received in the TARP Exchange. On April 4, 2012, the Treasury completed another public underwritten offering of its remaining 2,770,117 shares of our common stock it received in the TARP Exchange. The Company did not receive any proceeds from either of these offerings.In June 2013, the Treasury held a private auction to sell its warrant positions in several financial institutions which included the Company’s warrant to purchase up to 79,288 shares of our common shares at a purchase price of $10 per share. On June 6, 2013, we were notified that we were the winning bidder of the warrant at our bid of $0.8 million. The warrant was being carried as a derivative liability on our balance sheet at $0.8 million at December 31, 2012. Accordingly, we recorded a credit to other noninterest expense of $0.1 million in 2013 related to the gain on the purchase of the warrant. Subsequent to the aforementioned transactions with the Treasury, they no longer hold any outstanding shares of our common stock or any warrants to purchase our common stock they received in connection with our participation in the TARP.

 

We have generated considerable tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards and federal and state tax credits. Our use of the tax benefits in the future would be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative increase in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.

 

On November 23, 2010, our board declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights (“Rights”) in respect to our common stock which were issued pursuant to a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “Tax Benefits Preservation Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent. Each Right represents the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions in the Plan, 1/10,000th of a share of our Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value, for $6.00, subject to adjustment. The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to reduce the likelihood that the Company will experience an ownership change by discouraging any person from becoming a beneficial owner of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”). Adoption of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan was required by our agreements with the Lead Investors. On January 29, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan to extend it for up to an additional two years.

 

To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our Board approved an amendment to our restated articles of incorporation to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or to cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase (the “Protective Charter Amendment”). At our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011, we proposed the amendment which shareholders approved. On January 29, 2014, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Protective Charter Amendment to extend it for up to an additional two years. Our shareholders approved the Protective Charter Amendment on April 25, 2014. There is no guarantee, however, that the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan or the Protective Charter Amendment will prevent the Company from experiencing an ownership change.

 

117



 

In 2009, our Board of Directors suspended the payment of all cash dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends with respect to common stock was restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities were brought current. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain dividends from our bank. As a Hawaii state-chartered bank, Central Pacific Bank may only pay dividends to the extent it has retained earnings as defined under Hawaii banking law (“Statutory Retained Earnings”), which differs from GAAP retained earnings. As of December 31, 2014, the bank had Statutory Retained Earnings of $123.8 million. In 2013, in light of the Company’s improved capital position and financial condition, our Board of Directors and management, in consultation with our regulators, reinstated and declared quarterly cash dividends on the Company’s outstanding common shares.

 

Dividends are payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors and there can be no assurance that the Board of Directors will continue to pay dividends at the same rate, or at all, in the future. Our ability to pay cash dividends to our shareholders is subject to restrictions under federal and Hawaii law, including restrictions imposed by the FRB and covenants set forth in various agreements we are a party to, including covenants set forth in our subordinated debentures.

 

On February 21, 2014, we announced a tender offer to purchase for cash up to $68.8 million in value of shares of our common stock at a price not greater than $21.00 nor less than $18.50 per share (the “Tender Offer”).

 

The Tender Offer expired on March 21, 2014 and 3,369,850 shares of our common stock were properly tendered and not withdrawn at or below the purchase price of $20.20 per share (“Purchase Price”). In addition, 167,572 shares were tendered through notice of guaranteed delivery at or below the Purchase Price. Based on these results, we accepted for purchase 3,405,888 shares, at the Purchase Price for a total cost of $68.8 million, excluding fees and expenses related to the Tender Offer. The Tender Offer closed on March 28, 2014.

 

Due to the oversubscription of the Tender Offer, we accepted for purchase on a pro rata basis approximately 96.6% of the shares properly tendered and not properly withdrawn at or below the Purchase Price by each tendering shareholder, except for tenders of odd lots, which were accepted in full, and except for certain conditional tenders automatically regarded as withdrawn pursuant to the terms of the Tender Offer.

 

On February 20, 2014, we also entered into repurchase agreements (the “Repurchase Agreements”) with each of Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (“Carlyle”) and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (“Anchorage” and together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”), each of whom was the owner of 9,463,095 shares (representing 22.5% of the outstanding shares or 44.9% in the aggregate at that time) of our common stock, pursuant to which we agreed to purchase up to $28.1 million of shares of common stock from each of the Lead Investors at the Purchase Price of the Tender Offer (the “Private Repurchases”) (or an aggregate of $56.2 million of shares). Conditions to the Private Repurchases were satisfied and we purchased 1,391,089 shares from each of Carlyle and Anchorage at the Purchase Price for a total cost of $56.2 million, excluding fees and expenses related to the Private Repurchases. The Private Repurchases closed on April 7, 2014, the eleventh business day following the expiration of the Tender Offer.

 

The completion of the Tender Offer and the Private Repurchases resulted in the aggregate repurchase by us of 6,188,066 shares totaling $125 million, or 14.7% of our issued and outstanding shares of our common stock prior to the completion of the Tender Offer and the Private Repurchases. Upon completion of the Tender Offer and Private Repurchases, we had approximately 35.9 million shares outstanding.

 

In January 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to 60,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “2008 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2008 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. There were no repurchases of common stock during 2013. A total of 55,000 shares remained available for repurchase under the 2008 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2013. In January 2014, the 2008 Repurchase Plan and the remaining 55,000 shares were superseded by the Tender Offer and Repurchase Agreements with our Lead Investors.

 

118



 

On May 20, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to $30.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock (the “2014 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2014 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. In 2014, 857,554 shares of common stock, at a cost of $16.5 million, were repurchased under this program. A total of $13.5 million remained available for repurchase under the 2014 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2014.

 

15.                               SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

In accordance with ASC 718, compensation expense is recognized only for those shares expected to vest, based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations. The following table summarizes the effects of share-based compensation to options and awards granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans for each of the periods presented:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

6,101

 

$

6,367

 

$

4,432

 

Directors stock awards

 

37

 

45

 

90

 

Legal and professional services

 

 

 

59

 

Income tax benefit

 

(2,443

)

(2,570

)

 

Net share-based compensation effect

 

$

3,695

 

$

3,842

 

$

4,581

 

 

The Company’s share-based compensation arrangements are described below:

 

Equity Incentive Plans

 

We have adopted equity incentive plans for the purpose of granting options, restricted stock and other equity based awards for the Company’s common stock to directors, officers and other key individuals. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant; those option awards generally vest based on three or five years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the stock option plans below). We have historically issued new shares of common stock upon exercises of stock options and purchases of restricted awards.

 

In February 1997, we adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) basically as a continuance of the 1986 Stock Option Plan. In April 1997, our shareholders approved the 1997 Plan, which provided 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for grants to employees as qualified incentive stock options and to directors as nonqualified stock options. On January 1, 2013, the last options issued under the 1997 Plan expired.

 

In September 2004, we adopted and our shareholders approved the 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”) making available 1,500,000 shares for grants to employees and directors. Upon adoption of the 2004 Plan, all unissued shares from the 1997 Plan were frozen and no new options were granted under the 1997 Plan. In May 2007, the 2004 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares available for grant by an additional 1,000,000 shares. In April 2011, the 2004 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares authorized from 1,402,589 to 4,944,831.

 

In April 2013, we adopted and our shareholders approved the 2013 Stock Compensation Plan (“2013 Plan”) making available 2,200,000 shares for grants to employees and directors. Upon adoption of the 2013 Plan, all unissued shares from the 2004 Plan were frozen and no new grants will be granted under the 2004 Plan. Shares may continue to be settled under the 1997 and 2004 Plans pursuant to previously outstanding awards. To satisfy share issuances pursuant to the equity incentive plans, we issue new shares from the 2013 Plan.

 

119



 

At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, a total of 1,993,385, 2,185,454 and 1,604,198 shares, respectively, were available for future grants.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant based on the following:

 

Valuation and amortization method—We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula and a single option award approach. We use historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination activity within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.

 

Expected life—The expected life of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

 

Expected volatility—Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock.

 

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

Expected dividend—The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

 

Stock Option Activity

 

The fair value of the Company’s stock options granted to employees was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2012

 

Expected volatility

 

77.2

%

Risk free interest rate

 

1.8

%

Expected dividends

 

1.0

%

Expected life (in years)

 

8.0

 

Weighted average fair value

 

$

9.65

 

 

No stock options were granted during 2014 and 2013.

 

120



 

The following is a summary of option activity for our stock option plans for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Remaining

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Contractual Term

 

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

(in years)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

 

302,648

 

$

51.79

 

 

 

 

 

Changes during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(5,187

)

14.31

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(9,485

)

546.31

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(1,569

)

556.65

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

286,407

 

33.32

 

7.1

 

$

1,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

 

286,407

 

33.32

 

7.1

 

1,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

 

146,908

 

51.35

 

6.9

 

957

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying option awards and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock for the options that were in-the-money at December 31, 2014. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under our stock option plan was $31 thousand and $22 thousand, respectively, determined as of the date of exercise. During the year ended December 31, 2012, no stock options were exercised.

 

As of December 31, 2014, the total compensation cost that was not yet recognized related to stock options granted to employees under our stock option plans was approximately $1.0 million, net of estimated forfeitures. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $14 thousand, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

 

Under the 1997, 2004 and 2013 Plans, we awarded restricted stock awards and units to our non-officer directors and certain senior management personnel. The awards typically vest over a three or five year period. Compensation expense is measured as the market price of the stock awards on the grant date, and is recognized over the specified vesting periods.

 

The table below presents the activity of restricted stock awards and units for the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2014

 

835,904

 

$

14.75

 

Changes during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

198,215

 

18.61

 

Forfeited

 

(40,228

)

14.88

 

Vested

 

(278,431

)

14.63

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2014

 

715,460

 

15.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

 

715,460

 

15.77

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, there was $7.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards and units that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.5 years.

 

121



 

16.                               PENSION PLANS

 

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

 

The bank has a defined benefit retirement plan that covered substantially all of its employees who were employed during the period that the plan was in effect. The plan was initially curtailed in 1986, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date. Effective January 1, 1991, the bank reactivated its defined benefit retirement plan. As a result of the reactivation, employees for whom benefits were fixed in 1986 began to accrue additional benefits under a new formula that became effective January 1, 1991. Employees who were not participants at curtailment, but who were subsequently eligible to join, became participants effective January 1, 1991. Under the reactivated plan, benefits are based upon the employees’ years of service and their highest average annual salaries in a 60-consecutive-month period of service, reduced by benefits provided from the bank’s terminated money purchase pension plan. The reactivation of the defined benefit retirement plan resulted in an increase of $5.9 million in the unrecognized prior service cost, which was amortized over a period of 13 years. Effective December 31, 2002, the bank curtailed its defined benefit retirement plan, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date.

 

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the defined benefit retirement plan:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

32,183

 

$

36,139

 

Interest cost

 

1,485

 

1,370

 

Actuarial (gains) losses

 

5,709

 

(2,969

)

Benefits paid

 

(3,047

)

(2,357

)

Benefit obligation at end of the year

 

36,330

 

32,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

27,782

 

23,780

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

1,813

 

4,712

 

Employer contributions

 

1,343

 

1,647

 

Benefits paid

 

(3,047

)

(2,357

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

27,891

 

27,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

 

$

(8,439

)

$

(4,401

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in AOCI

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial losses

 

$

(15,647

)

$

(10,895

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

4.0

%

4.7

%

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

$

1,485

 

$

1,370

 

$

1,585

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(1,924

)

(1,762

)

(1,791

)

Amortization of net actuarial losses

 

1,068

 

2,390

 

2,385

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

629

 

$

1,998

 

$

2,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

4.7

%

4.0

%

4.8

%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

7.0

%

7.5

%

8.0

%

 

122



 

The unrecognized net actuarial losses included in AOCI expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during 2015 is approximately $1.6 million.

 

The long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the weighted-average long-term rates of return for the various categories of investments held in the plan. The expected long-term rate of return is adjusted when there are fundamental changes in expected returns on the plan investments.

 

The defined benefit retirement plan assets consist primarily of equity and debt securities. Our asset allocations by asset category were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

56.1

%

59.9

%

Debt securities

 

41.8

 

34.6

 

Other

 

2.1

 

5.5

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

Equity securities included the Company’s common stock in the amount of $0.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

Our investment strategy for the defined benefit retirement plan is to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. The investment policy establishes a target allocation for each asset class that is reviewed periodically and rebalanced when considered appropriate.

 

The fair values of the defined benefit retirement plan as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 by asset category were as follows:

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

$

958

 

$

 

$

 

$

958

 

Mutual funds

 

9,946

 

 

 

9,946

 

Government obligations

 

 

3,900

 

 

3,900

 

Common stocks

 

9,765

 

 

 

9,765

 

Preferred stocks

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

Corporate bonds and debentures

 

 

3,072

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

$

20,919

 

$

6,972

 

$

 

$

27,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

$

1,841

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,841

 

Mutual funds

 

9,795

 

 

 

9,795

 

Government obligations

 

 

3,450

 

 

3,450

 

Common stocks

 

8,744

 

 

 

8,744

 

Preferred stocks

 

255

 

 

 

255

 

Corporate bonds and debentures

 

 

3,697

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

$

20,635

 

$

7,147

 

$

 

$

27,782

 

 

We expect to contribute approximately $1.0 million to our defined benefit retirement plan in 2015.

 

123



 

Estimated future benefit payments are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

$

2,498

 

2016

 

2,525

 

2017

 

2,508

 

2018

 

2,495

 

2019

 

2,467

 

2020-2024

 

11,663

 

Total

 

$

24,156

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

 

In 1995, 2001, 2004 and 2006, our bank established Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”) that provide certain officers of the Company with supplemental retirement benefits. On December 31, 2002, the 1995 and 2001 SERP were curtailed. In conjunction with the merger with CB Bancshares, Inc. (“CBBI”), we assumed CBBI’s SERP obligation.

 

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the SERP:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

9,107

 

$

9,944

 

Interest cost

 

450

 

411

 

Actuarial (gains) losses

 

1,588

 

(1,033

)

Benefits paid

 

(215

)

(215

)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

10,930

 

9,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

 

 

Employer contributions

 

215

 

215

 

Benefits paid

 

(215

)

(215

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

 

$

(10,930

)

$

(9,107

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in AOCI

 

 

 

 

 

Net transition obligation

 

$

(147

)

$

(164

)

Prior service cost

 

(101

)

(119

)

Net actuarial losses

 

(1,965

)

(379

)

Total amounts recognized in AOCI

 

$

(2,213

)

$

(662

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

4.1

%

5.0

%

 

124



 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Components of net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

$

450

 

$

411

 

$

426

 

Amortization of net transition obligation

 

17

 

17

 

17

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

18

 

18

 

18

 

Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses

 

2

 

71

 

(4

)

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

487

 

$

517

 

$

457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

5.0

%

4.2

%

5.0

%

 

The estimated amortization of components included in AOCI that will be recognized into net periodic cost for 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Amortization of net transition obligation

 

$

17

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

18

 

Amortization of net actuarial losses

 

111

 

 

The SERP holds no plan assets other than employer contributions that are paid as benefits during the year. We expect to contribute $0.2 million to the SERP in 2015.

 

Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the SERP are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

$

215

 

2016

 

231

 

2017

 

422

 

2018

 

418

 

2019

 

415

 

2020-2024

 

2,801

 

Total

 

$

4,502

 

 

17.                               401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

We maintain a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (“Retirement Savings Plan”) that covers substantially all employees of the Company. The Retirement Savings Plan allows employees to direct their own investments among a selection of investment alternatives and is funded by employee elective deferrals, employer matching contributions and employer profit sharing contributions.

 

We match 100% of an employee’s elective deferrals, up to 4% of the employee’s pay each pay period. Our employer matching contributions to the Retirement Savings Plan totaled $1.5 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

We also have the option of making discretionary profit sharing contributions into the Retirement Savings Plan. Our Board of Directors has sole discretion in determining the annual profit sharing contribution, subject to limitations of the Internal Revenue Code. We did not make any profit sharing contributions in 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

18.                               OPERATING LEASES

 

We lease certain properties and equipment with lease terms expiring through 2038. In most instances, the property leases provide for the renegotiation of rental terms at fixed intervals, and generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from five to 15 years.

 

125



 

Net rent expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent expense charged to net occupancy

 

$

10,210

 

$

9,840

 

$

10,053

 

Less sublease income

 

 

(52

)

(25

)

Net rent expense charged to net occupancy

 

10,210

 

9,788

 

10,028

 

Rent expense charged to equipment expense

 

53

 

93

 

104

 

Total net rent expense

 

$

10,263

 

$

9,881

 

$

10,132

 

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum rental commitments for all noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

$

7,756

 

2016

 

6,213

 

2017

 

5,643

 

2018

 

4,711

 

2019

 

3,961

 

Thereafter

 

24,604

 

Total

 

$

52,888

 

 

In addition, the Company, as lessor, leases certain properties that it owns. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental income for those noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

$

2,798

 

2016

 

1,713

 

2017

 

1,133

 

2018

 

506

 

2019

 

178

 

Thereafter

 

153

 

Total

 

$

6,481

 

 

In instances where the lease calls for a renegotiation of rental payments, the lease rental payment in effect prior to renegotiation was used throughout the remaining lease term.

 

126



 

19.                               INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAXES

 

Components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

 

 

Current

 

Deferred

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

$

18,710

 

$

18,710

 

State

 

(93

)

1,772

 

1,679

 

Total

 

$

(93

)

$

20,482

 

$

20,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

$

(81,613

)

$

(81,613

)

State

 

(109

)

(30,525

)

(30,634

)

Total

 

$

(109

)

$

(112,138

)

$

(112,247

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

State

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) for the periods presented differed from the “expected” tax expense (computed by applying the U.S. Federal corporate tax rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes) for the following reasons:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computed “expected” tax expense (benefit)

 

$

21,295

 

$

20,940

 

$

16,598

 

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax-exempt interest

 

(1,412

)

(1,431

)

(820

)

Other tax-exempt income

 

(1,023

)

(810

)

(976

)

Low-income housing and energy tax credits

 

(2,088

)

(1,557

)

(1,607

)

State income taxes, net of Federal income tax effect, excluding impact of deferred tax valuation allowance

 

2,638

 

2,389

 

2,540

 

Change in the beginning-of-the-year balance of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets allocated to income tax expense

 

(180

)

(129,806

)

(14,761

)

Other

 

1,159

 

(1,972

)

(974

)

Total

 

$

20,389

 

$

(112,247

)

$

 

 

At December 31, 2014, there was no current Federal income taxes receivable, compared to a $0.1 million receivable at December 31, 2013. Current state income taxes receivable was $1.7 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

127



 

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

$

26,052

 

$

28,926

 

Accrued expenses

 

2,981

 

2,950

 

Employee retirement benefits

 

11,023

 

8,762

 

Federal and state tax credit carryforwards

 

30,593

 

37,449

 

Investment write-downs and write-offs

 

 

3,051

 

Interest on nonaccrual loans

 

1,600

 

1,962

 

Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards

 

57,173

 

87,757

 

Other

 

13,357

 

15,486

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

142,779

 

$

186,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

$

11,803

 

$

13,117

 

FHLB stock dividends received

 

10,742

 

11,848

 

Leases

 

1,203

 

2,755

 

Deferred gain on curtailed retirement plan

 

3,315

 

3,339

 

Liability on utilization of state tax credits

 

6,237

 

7,722

 

Other

 

2,234

 

3,614

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

35,534

 

$

42,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

$

2,847

 

$

6,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

104,398

 

$

137,248

 

 

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $2.8 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance was a decrease of $3.9 million and $140.8 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment.

 

In the first quarter of 2013, the Company reversed a significant portion of the valuation allowance that was established against our net DTA during the third quarter of 2009. The valuation allowance was established during 2009 due to uncertainty at the time regarding our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income to fully realize the benefit of our net DTA. The quarter ended March 31, 2013 marked our ninth consecutive quarter of profitability. Based on this earnings performance trend, improvements in our financial condition, asset quality and capital ratios, and the expectation of continued profitability, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a significant portion of our net DTA would be realized. The net impact of reversing the valuation allowance and recording the provision for income tax expense was a net income tax benefit of $119.8 million in the first quarter of 2013.

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of $140.5 million, which are available to offset future Federal taxable income, if any, through 2030. At December 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Hawaii and California state income tax purposes of $108.7 million and $39.7 million, respectively, which are available to offset future state taxable income, if any, through 2030. In addition, we have state tax credit carryforwards of $14.7 million that do not expire, and federal tax credit carryforwards of $15.9 million, of which $13.5 million will expire within 20 years, and $2.4 million do not expire.

 

128



 

As further described in Note 14, to help protect the Company’s tax benefits, the Company implemented the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan on November 23, 2011 and the Protective Charter Amendment on January 26, 2011.

 

At December 31, 2014, we have no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

 

We are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. Taxable years through 2010 are closed.

 

20.          ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, by component:

 

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains arising during the period

 

$

36,780

 

$

14,714

 

$

22,066

 

Less: Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income

 

1,071

 

426

 

645

 

Net unrealized gains on investment securities

 

37,851

 

15,140

 

22,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial losses arising during the period

 

(7,409

)

(3,052

)

(4,357

)

Amortization of net actuarial losses

 

1,070

 

441

 

629

 

Amortization of net transition obligation

 

17

 

7

 

10

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

18

 

7

 

11

 

Defined benefit plans, net

 

(6,304

)

(2,597

)

(3,707

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

31,547

 

$

12,543

 

$

19,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses arising during the period

 

$

(43,687

)

$

(15,577

)

$

(28,110

)

Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

 

(6,266

)

(2,511

)

(3,755

)

Net unrealized losses on investment securities

 

(49,953

)

(18,088

)

(31,865

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income

 

394

 

(10,599

)

10,993

 

Net unrealized gains on derivatives

 

394

 

(10,599

)

10,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial gains arising during the period

 

6,952

 

2,591

 

4,361

 

Amortization of net actuarial losses

 

2,461

 

986

 

1,475

 

Amortization of net transition obligation

 

17

 

7

 

10

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

18

 

7

 

11

 

Defined benefit plans, net

 

9,448

 

3,591

 

5,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

$

(40,111

)

$

(25,096

)

$

(15,015

)

 

129



 

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses arising during the period

 

$

(2,653

)

$

 

$

(2,653

)

Less: Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income

 

1,382

 

 

1,382

 

Net unrealized losses on investment securities

 

(1,271

)

 

(1,271

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

 

(434

)

 

(434

)

Net unrealized losses on derivatives

 

(434

)

 

(434

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial losses arising during the period

 

(3,653

)

 

(3,653

)

Amortization of net actuarial losses

 

2,381

 

51

 

2,330

 

Amortization of net transition obligation

 

17

 

 

17

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

17

 

 

17

 

Defined benefit plans, net

 

(1,238

)

51

 

(1,289

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

$

(2,943

)

$

51

 

$

(2,994

)

 

The following table presents the changes in each component of AOCI, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

Benefit

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Securities

 

Derivatives

 

Plans

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

(9,125

)

$

 

$

(6,720

)

$

(15,845

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

22,066

 

 

(4,357

)

17,709

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

645

 

 

650

 

1,295

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

22,711

 

 

(3,707

)

19,004

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

13,586

 

$

 

$

(10,427

)

$

3,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

22,740

 

$

(10,993

)

$

(12,577

)

$

(830

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

(28,110

)

 

4,361

 

(23,749

)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

(3,755

)

10,993

 

1,496

 

8,734

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(31,865

)

10,993

 

5,857

 

(15,015

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

(9,125

)

$

 

$

(6,720

)

$

(15,845

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

24,011

 

$

(10,559

)

$

(11,288

)

$

2,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

(2,653

)

 

(3,653

)

(6,306

)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

1,382

 

(434

)

2,364

 

3,312

 

Total other comprehensive loss

 

(1,271

)

(434

)

(1,289

)

(2,994

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

22,740

 

$

(10,993

)

$

(12,577

)

$

(830

)

 

130



 

The following table presents the amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Amount Reclassified from AOCI

 

Affected Line Item in the

 

Details about AOCI Components

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Statement Where Net

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Income is Presented

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of investment securities available for sale

 

$

(1,071

)

$

6,266

 

$

(1,382

)

Investment securities gains

 

 

 

426

 

(2,511

)

 

Tax (expense) benefit

 

 

 

$

(645

)

$

3,755

 

$

(1,382

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives

 

$

 

$

(394

)

$

434

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 —

 

(10,599

)

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

$

 

$

(10,993

)

$

434

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of defined benefit plan items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial losses

 

$

(1,070

)

$

(2,461

)

$

(2,381

)

(1)

 

Net transition obligation

 

(17

)

(17

)

(17

)

(1)

 

Prior service cost

 

(18

)

(18

)

(17

)

(1)

 

 

 

(1,105

)

(2,496

)

(2,415

)

Total before tax

 

 

 

455

 

1,000

 

51

 

Tax benefit

 

 

 

$

(650

)

$

(1,496

)

$

(2,364

)

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total reclassifications for the period

 

$

(1,295

)

$

(8,734

)

$

(3,312

)

Net of tax

 

 


(1) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 16 for additional details).

 

21.          EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The table below presents the information used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,453

 

$

172,075

 

$

47,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

37,366

 

41,961

 

41,720

 

Dilutive effect of employee stock options and awards

 

571

 

341

 

278

 

Dilutive effect of deferred salary restricted stock units

 

 

1

 

64

 

Dilutive effect of Treasury warrants

 

 

14

 

22

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

37,937

 

42,317

 

42,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.08

 

$

4.10

 

$

1.14

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.07

 

$

4.07

 

$

1.13

 

 

A total of 13,510, 24,526 and 316,188 potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the dilutive share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive.

 

131



 

22.          CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes the ultimate disposition of those matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In the normal course of business there are outstanding contingent liabilities and other commitments such as unused letters of credit, items held for collections and unsold traveler’s checks, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

 

23.                               FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

 

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written, forward foreign exchange contracts, and interest rate contracts. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and foreign exchange risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. For forward foreign exchange contracts and interest rate contracts, the contract amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. We control the credit risk of these contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. We hold collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

 

Interest rate options issued on residential mortgage loans expose us to interest rate risk, which is economically hedged with forward interest rate contracts. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of other operating income in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Forward interest rate contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell loans at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counter-parties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in market rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of the counterparties to its forward interest rate contracts.

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of its forward foreign exchange counterparties. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we did not have any forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

132



 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

720,255

 

$

652,717

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written

 

18,797

 

19,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts exceed the amount of credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate options

 

44,266

 

37,093

 

Forward interest rate contracts

 

23,919

 

24,244

 

 

24.                               FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for our financial instruments.

 

Short-Term Financial Instruments

 

The carrying values of short-term financial instruments are deemed to approximate fair values. Such instruments are considered readily convertible to cash and include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, accrued interest receivable, the majority of short-term borrowings and accrued interest payable.

 

Investment Securities

 

The fair value of investment securities is based on market price quotations received from securities dealers. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities.

 

Loans

 

Fair values of loans are estimated based on discounted cash flows of portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics including the type of loan, interest terms and repayment history. Fair values are calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through estimated maturities using estimated market discount rates. Estimated market discount rates are reflective of credit and interest rate risks inherent in the Company’s various loan types and are derived from available market information, as well as specific borrower information. The fair value of loans are not based on the notion of exit price.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. We report the fair values of Hawaii and U.S. Mainland construction and commercial real estate loans net of applicable selling costs on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

Other Interest Earning Assets

 

The equity investment in common stock of the FHLB, which is redeemable for cash at par value, is reported at its par value.

 

133



 

Deposit Liabilities

 

The fair values of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits and interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, are equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Long-Term Debt

 

The fair value of our long-term debt is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows over the contractual borrowing period at the estimated market rate for similar borrowing arrangements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

The fair values of off-balance sheet financial instruments are estimated based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties, current settlement values or quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

 

For derivative financial instruments, the fair values are based upon current settlement values, if available. If there are no relevant comparables, fair values are based on pricing models using current assumptions for interest rate swaps and options.

 

Limitations

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time our entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. For example, significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax assets, premises and equipment and intangible assets. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in many of the estimates.

 

134



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement Using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

amount

 

fair value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

72,316

 

$

72,316

 

$

72,316

 

$

 

$

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

13,691

 

13,691

 

13,691

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

1,467,305

 

1,464,615

 

877

 

1,450,643

 

13,095

 

Loans held for sale

 

9,683

 

9,683

 

 

 

9,683

 

Net loans and leases

 

2,858,158

 

2,752,420

 

 

70,743

 

2,681,677

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

13,584

 

13,584

 

13,584

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

1,034,146

 

1,034,146

 

1,034,146

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 

2,030,870

 

2,030,870

 

2,030,870

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

1,045,284

 

1,047,322

 

 

 

1,047,322

 

Short-term debt

 

38,000

 

38,000

 

 

38,000

 

 

Long-term debt

 

92,785

 

42,454

 

 

42,454

 

 

Accrued interest payable (included in other liabilities)

 

1,018

 

1,018

 

1,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

720,255

 

3,601

 

 

3,601

 

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written

 

18,797

 

141

 

 

141

 

 

Interest rate options

 

44,266

 

444

 

 

444

 

 

Forward interest rate contracts

 

23,919

 

(62

)

 

(62

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

45,092

 

$

45,092

 

$

45,092

 

$

 

$

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

4,256

 

4,256

 

4,256

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

1,660,046

 

1,646,704

 

875

 

1,635,311

 

10,518

 

Loans held for sale

 

12,370

 

12,370

 

 

 

12,370

 

Net loans and leases

 

2,546,781

 

2,430,282

 

 

64,705

 

2,365,577

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

14,072

 

14,072

 

14,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

891,017

 

891,017

 

891,017

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 

1,935,635

 

1,935,635

 

1,935,635

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

1,109,521

 

1,111,319

 

 

 

1,111,319

 

Short-term debt

 

8,015

 

8,015

 

 

8,015

 

 

Long-term debt

 

92,799

 

39,446

 

 

39,446

 

 

Accrued interest payable (included in other liabilities)

 

1,040

 

1,040

 

1,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

652,717

 

3,264

 

 

3,264

 

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written

 

19,362

 

145

 

 

145

 

 

Interest rate options

 

37,093

 

70

 

 

70

 

 

Forward interest rate contracts

 

24,244

 

210

 

 

210

 

 

 

135



 

Fair Value Measurements

 

We group our financial assets and liabilities at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the financial assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value as follows:

 

·                  Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available.

 

·                  Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

·                  Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that requires the use of significant judgment or estimation.

 

We base our fair values on the price that we would expect to receive if an asset were sold or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We also maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.

 

We use fair value measurements to record adjustments to certain financial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available for sale securities and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. From time to time, we may be required to record other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis such as loans held for sale, impaired loans and mortgage servicing rights. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

 

There were no transfers of financial assets and liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

136



 

The following table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

Fair

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

 

 

 

Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

191,645

 

$

 

$

178,550

 

$

13,095

 

Corporate securities

 

100,604

 

 

100,604

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

751,558

 

 

751,558

 

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

184,334

 

 

184,334

 

 

Other

 

877

 

877

 

 

 

Derivatives - Interest rate contracts

 

382

 

 

382

 

 

Total

 

$

1,229,400

 

$

877

 

$

1,215,428

 

$

13,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

179,357

 

$

 

$

168,839

 

$

10,518

 

Corporate securities

 

158,095

 

 

158,095

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities

 

927,626

 

 

927,626

 

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

142,046

 

 

142,046

 

 

Other

 

875

 

875

 

 

 

Derivatives - Interest rate contracts

 

279

 

 

279

 

 

Total

 

$

1,408,278

 

$

875

 

$

1,396,885

 

$

10,518

 

 

137



 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Available for Sale Debt
Securities - States and
Political Subdivisions

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

12,826

 

Principal payments received

 

(2,797

)

Purchases

 

1,146

 

Unrealized net loss included in other comprehensive loss

 

(657

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

10,518

 

Principal payments received

 

(275

)

Purchases

 

2,706

 

Unrealized net gain included in other comprehensive income

 

146

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

13,095

 

 

Within the state and political subdivisions debt securities category, the Company holds four mortgage revenue bonds issued by the City & County of Honolulu with an aggregate fair value of $13.1 million and $10.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company estimates the fair value of its mortgage revenue bonds by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future principal and interest payments.

 

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s mortgage revenue bonds is the weighted average discount rate. As of December 31, 2014, the weighted average discount rate utilized was 3.75%, which was derived by incorporating a credit spread over the FHLB Fixed-Rate Advance curve. Significant increases (decreases) in the weighted average discount rate could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

 

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were recorded at fair value on our balance sheet, the following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the respective fair values:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs

 

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Losses

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans (1)

 

$

70,743

 

$

 

$

70,743

 

$

 

$

2,532

 

Other real estate (2)

 

2,948

 

 

2,948

 

 

1,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,072

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans (1)

 

$

64,705

 

$

 

$

64,705

 

$

 

$

3,298

 

Other real estate (2)

 

5,163

 

 

5,163

 

 

362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,660

 

 


(1) Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are based on agreed upon purchase prices for the loans or the appraised value of the collateral.

 

(2) Represents other real estate that is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell.Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral.

 

138



 

25.                               SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

We have the following three reportable segments: Banking Operations, Treasury and All Others. The segments are consistent with our internal functional reporting lines and are managed separately because each unit has different target markets, technological requirements, marketing strategies and specialized skills.

 

The Banking Operations segment includes construction and real estate development lending, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending, consumer lending, trust services, retail brokerage services and our retail branch offices, which provide a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company’s investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others segment includes activities not captured by the Banking Operations or Treasury segments described above and includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in Note 1. The majority of the Company’s net income is derived from net interest income. Accordingly, management focuses primarily on net interest income, rather than gross interest income and expense amounts, in evaluating segment profitability.

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense) was allocated to each segment based upon a funds transfer pricing process that assigns costs of funds to assets and earnings credits to liabilities based on market interest rates that reflect interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. All administrative and overhead expenses are allocated to the segments at cost. Cash, investment securities, loans and leases and their related balances are allocated to the segment responsible for acquisition and maintenance of those assets. Segment assets also include all premises and equipment used directly in segment operations.

 

139



 

Segment profits (losses) and assets are provided in the following table for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations

 

Treasury

 

All Others

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year ended December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

108,815

 

$

34,603

 

$

 

$

143,418

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense)

 

34,308

 

(33,356

)

(952

)

 

Credit (provision) for loan and lease losses

 

6,414

 

 

 

6,414

 

Other operating income

 

24,496

 

4,042

 

15,285

 

43,823

 

Other operating expense

 

(60,587

)

(2,086

)

(70,140

)

(132,813

)

Administrative and overhead expense allocation

 

(59,610

)

(1,126

)

60,736

 

 

Income taxes

 

(18,843

)

(727

)

(819

)

(20,389

)

Net income

 

$

34,993

 

$

1,350

 

$

4,110

 

$

40,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

$

 

$

1,467,305

 

$

 

$

1,467,305

 

Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)

 

2,941,881

 

 

 

2,941,881

 

Other

 

111,071

 

248,455

 

84,275

 

443,801

 

Total assets

 

$

3,052,952

 

$

1,715,760

 

$

84,275

 

$

4,852,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

101,282

 

$

31,827

 

$

 

$

133,109

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense)

 

16,947

 

(30,675

)

13,728

 

 

Credit (provision) for loan and lease losses

 

11,310

 

 

 

11,310

 

Other operating income

 

26,140

 

3,137

 

25,668

 

54,945

 

Other operating expense

 

(58,891

)

(3,788

)

(76,857

)

(139,536

)

Administrative and overhead expense allocation

 

(54,851

)

(2,004

)

56,855

 

 

Income taxes

 

117,088

 

218

 

(5,059

)

112,247

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

159,025

 

$

(1,285

)

$

14,335

 

$

172,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

$

 

$

1,660,046

 

$

 

$

1,660,046

 

Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)

 

2,642,971

 

 

 

2,642,971

 

Other

 

117,655

 

256,807

 

63,719

 

438,181

 

Total assets

 

$

2,760,626

 

$

1,916,853

 

$

63,719

 

$

4,741,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

92,500

 

$

27,211

 

$

 

$

119,711

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense)

 

34,018

 

(22,229

)

(11,789

)

 

Credit (provision) for loan and lease losses

 

18,885

 

 

 

18,885

 

Other operating income

 

32,062

 

4,135

 

24,546

 

60,743

 

Other operating expense

 

(61,130

)

(1,728

)

(89,060

)

(151,918

)

Administrative and overhead expense allocation

 

(70,592

)

(1,033

)

71,625

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

45,743

 

$

6,356

 

$

(4,678

)

$

47,421

 

 

26.                               PARENT COMPANY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

 

At December 31, 2014, the accumulated deficit of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., included $357.8 million of equity in undistributed losses of Central Pacific Bank.

 

Central Pacific Bank, as a Hawaii state-chartered bank, may only pay dividends to the extent it has retained earnings as defined under Hawaii banking law (“Statutory Retained Earnings”), which differs from GAAP retained earnings. As of December 31, 2014, the bank had Statutory Retained Earnings of $123.8 million. For further information, see Note 14.

 

In December 2009, the Board of Directors of Central Pacific Bank agreed to the Consent Order with the FDIC and DFI. In May 2011, the Consent Order was lifted and replaced with the Bank MOU. On October 26, 2012, the Bank MOU was terminated, as described in Note 2.

 

140



 

In July 2010, Central Pacific Financial Corp. entered into the Written Agreement with the FRBSF, as described in Note 2, which was terminated on February 12, 2013.

 

Section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) required the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, FDIC, and the Comptroller of the Currency (collectively, the “Agencies”) to develop a mechanism to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions. The final rules to implement FDICIA’s Prompt Corrective Action provisions established minimum regulatory capital standards to determine an insured depository institution’s capital category. However, the Agencies may impose higher minimum standards on individual institutions or may downgrade an institution from one capital category to a lower capital category because of safety and soundness concerns.

 

The Prompt Corrective Action provisions impose certain restrictions on institutions that are undercapitalized. The restrictions become increasingly more severe as an institution’s capital category declines from undercapitalized to critically undercapitalized.

 

The following table sets forth actual and required capital and capital ratios for the Company and the bank, as well as the minimum capital adequacy requirements applicable generally to all financial institutions as of the dates indicated. The Company’s and the bank’s leverage capital, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2014 were above the levels required for a “well-capitalized” regulatory designation.

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum required for

 

Minimum required to

 

 

 

Actual

 

capital adequacy purposes

 

be well-capitalized

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage capital

 

$

562,063

 

12.0

%

$

186,922

 

4.0

%

$

233,652

 

5.0

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

562,063

 

17.0

 

132,475

 

4.0

 

198,712

 

6.0

 

Total risk-based capital

 

603,939

 

18.2

 

264,949

 

8.0

 

331,187

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage capital

 

$

632,724

 

13.7

%

$

184,995

 

4.0

%

$

231,244

 

5.0

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

632,724

 

20.3

 

124,854

 

4.0

 

187,282

 

6.0

 

Total risk-based capital

 

672,374

 

21.5

 

249,709

 

8.0

 

312,136

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Pacific Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage capital

 

$

540,273

 

11.6

%

$

186,828

 

4.0

%

$

233,535

 

5.0

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

540,273

 

16.3

 

132,376

 

4.0

 

198,564

 

6.0

 

Total risk-based capital

 

582,068

 

17.6

 

264,752

 

8.0

 

330,940

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage capital

 

$

610,753

 

13.2

%

$

184,736

 

4.0

%

$

230,920

 

5.0

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

610,753

 

19.6

 

124,608

 

4.0

 

186,912

 

6.0

 

Total risk-based capital

 

650,273

 

20.9

 

249,216

 

8.0

 

311,520

 

10.0

 

 

141



 

Condensed financial statements, solely of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., follow:

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

22,775

 

$

19,629

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

877

 

875

 

Investment in subsidiary bank, at equity in underlying net assets

 

612,505

 

710,122

 

Investment in other subsidiaries, at equity in underlying assets

 

 

554

 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

26,136

 

23,202

 

Total assets

 

$

662,293

 

$

754,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

92,785

 

$

92,785

 

Other liabilities

 

1,467

 

1,484

 

Total liabilities

 

94,252

 

94,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,100,000 shares; issued and outstanding none at December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 35,233,674 and 42,107,633 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

 

642,205

 

784,547

 

Surplus

 

79,716

 

75,498

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(157,039

)

(184,087

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,159

 

(15,845

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

568,041

 

660,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

662,293

 

$

754,382

 

 

142



 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiary banks

 

$

159,319

 

$

 

$

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest from subsidiary banks

 

16

 

30

 

48

 

Other income

 

89

 

2,001

 

9

 

Total income

 

159,424

 

2,031

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on long-term debt

 

2,572

 

3,118

 

3,687

 

Other expenses

 

2,262

 

2,679

 

3,081

 

Total expenses

 

4,834

 

5,797

 

6,768

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

154,590

 

(3,766

)

(6,711

)

Income tax benefit

 

(2,520

)

(31,891

)

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

157,110

 

28,125

 

(6,711

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary bank

 

(116,657

)

143,945

 

54,124

 

Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries

 

 

5

 

8

 

Net income

 

$

40,453

 

$

172,075

 

$

47,421

 

 

143



 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

40,453

 

$

172,075

 

$

47,421

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax benefit

 

(2,520

)

(25,707

)

 

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary bank

 

116,657

 

(143,945

)

(54,124

)

Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries

 

 

(5

)

(8

)

Share-based compensation

 

4,218

 

4,931

 

90

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

(11,919

)

3,687

 

Other, net

 

(923

)

(362

)

3,994

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

157,885

 

(4,932

)

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution from unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

479

 

9,000

 

 

Contributions to unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

518

 

(9,000

)

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises

 

74

 

74

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

(15,464

)

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

(142,405

)

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(13,405

)

(6,735

)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(155,736

)

(22,125

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

3,146

 

(27,057

)

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At beginning of year

 

19,629

 

46,686

 

45,626

 

At end of year

 

$

22,775

 

$

19,629

 

$

46,686

 

 

144



 

27.                               UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Full Year

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

37,393

 

$

37,536

 

$

37,139

 

$

37,741

 

$

149,809

 

Total interest expense

 

1,597

 

1,630

 

1,607

 

1,557

 

6,391

 

Net interest income

 

35,796

 

35,906

 

35,532

 

36,184

 

143,418

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

(1,316

)

1,995

 

(1,722

)

(5,371

)

(6,414

)

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

37,112

 

33,911

 

37,254

 

41,555

 

149,832

 

Investment securities gains

 

 

240

 

 

 

240

 

Income before income taxes

 

15,326

 

13,027

 

13,471

 

19,018

 

60,842

 

Net income

 

9,808

 

9,150

 

8,230

 

13,265

 

40,453

 

Basic earnings per share

 

0.23

 

0.25

 

0.23

 

0.37

 

1.08

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

0.23

 

0.25

 

0.23

 

0.37

 

1.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

32,595

 

$

34,992

 

$

35,558

 

$

37,133

 

$

140,278

 

Total interest expense

 

1,926

 

1,819

 

1,787

 

1,637

 

7,169

 

Net interest income

 

30,669

 

33,173

 

33,771

 

35,496

 

133,109

 

Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses

 

(6,561

)

(227

)

(3,189

)

(1,333

)

(11,310

)

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

37,230

 

33,400

 

36,960

 

36,829

 

144,419

 

Investment securities gains

 

 

 

 

482

 

482

 

Income before income taxes

 

17,507

 

16,212

 

12,378

 

13,731

 

59,828

 

Net income

 

137,309

 

14,267

 

10,204

 

10,295

 

172,075

 

Basic earnings per share

 

3.28

 

0.34

 

0.24

 

0.24

 

4.10

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

3.25

 

0.34

 

0.24

 

0.24

 

4.07

 

 

28.                               SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In January 2015, our Board of Directors increased the authorization under the 2014 Repurchase Plan by $25.0 million to a total repurchase authority of $55.0 million. Repurchases under the 2014 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. From January 2, 2015 to February 13, 2015, 473,829 shares of common stock, at a cost of $9.3 million, were repurchased under this program. A total of $29.2 million remained available for repurchase under the 2014 Repurchase Plan at February 13, 2015.

 

145



 

ITEM 9.                                                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.                                       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.    Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report, or the Evaluation Date. Based on that evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    Management of Central Pacific Financial Corp., together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As of the end of the Company’s 2014 fiscal year, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 is effective.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.             OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

146



 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.                                         DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Except as hereinafter noted, the information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Directors’ and Executive Officers’ Information” of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2015 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Information concerning the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics is set forth above under “Available Information” and incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Code of Conduct & Ethics” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 11.                                         EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

Information concerning the members of the Compensation Committee of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

Information concerning the report of the Compensation Committee of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation Committee Report” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12.                                         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Introduction—Principal Shareholders,” and “Introduction—Security Ownership of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 regarding securities issued under our equity compensation plans that were in effect during fiscal 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

remaining available for

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

future issuance under

 

 

 

Number of securities to

 

Weighted-average

 

equity compensation

 

 

 

be issued upon exercise

 

exercise price of

 

plans (excluding

 

 

 

of outstanding options,

 

outstanding options,

 

securities reflected in

 

Plan Category

 

warrants and rights

 

warrants and rights

 

column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

286,407

 

$

33.32

 

1,993,385

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

Total

 

286,407

 

$

33.32

 

1,993,385

 

 

ITEM 13.                                         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence and Relationships, and Loans to Related Persons” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

Information concerning director independence is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence and Relationships” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

147



 

ITEM 14.                                         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Discussion of Proposals Recommended by the Board of Directors—Proposal 2—Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Services Rendered By and Fees Paid To Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Company’s 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.                                         EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) 1.       Financial Statements

 

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a) 2.                    All schedules required by this Item 15(a) 2 are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

148



 

(a) 3.                    Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Document

3.1

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant *

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (1)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which includes the Form of Certificate of Designation for the Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, as Exhibit A, Form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B and Form of Summary of Terms as Exhibit C (2)

 

 

 

4.2

 

Amendment to the Tax Preservation Plan between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (2)

 

 

 

10.1

 

License and Service Agreement dated December 23, 2004 by and between the Registrant and Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (3)

 

 

 

10.2

 

Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan (4) (5)

 

 

 

10.3

 

Central Pacific Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (5) (6)

 

 

 

10.4

 

The Registrant’s 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (5) (6)

 

 

 

10.5

 

The Registrant’s Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (5) (7)

 

 

 

10.6

 

The Registrant’s 2004 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended (5)

 

 

 

10.7

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (5) (8)

 

 

 

10.8

 

Compensation Agreement, effective as of September 14, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Clinton L. Arnoldus (5) (9)

 

 

 

10.9

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Blenn A. Fujimoto, effective July 1, 2005 (5) (10)

 

 

 

10.10

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Blenn A. Fujimoto, effective December 31, 2008 (3) (5)

 

 

 

10.11

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Dean K. Hirata, effective July 1, 2005 (5) (10)

 

 

 

10.12

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Dean K. Hirata, effective December 31, 2008 (3) (5)

 

 

 

10.13

 

The Registrant’s Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2005 (5) (11)

 

 

 

10.14

 

Amendment No. 2008-1 to the Registrant’s Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan (3) (5)

 

149



 

Exhibit No.

 

Document

10.15

 

The Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan (5) (8)

 

 

 

10.16

 

Amendment No. 2008-1 to the Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan dated December 31, 2008 (3) (5)

 

 

 

10.17

 

Retirement Agreement of Clint Arnoldus dated March 10, 2008 (5) (12)

 

 

 

10.18

 

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with Federal Home Loan Bank Seattle dated June 23, 2004 (13)

 

 

 

10.19

 

Lending Agreement with Federal Reserve Banks effective October 15, 2006 (15)

 

 

 

10.20

 

Compensation Agreement with John C. Dean dated May 24, 2010 (5) (16)

 

 

 

10.21

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with John C. Dean dated May 24, 2010 (5) (16)

 

 

 

10.22

 

Compensation Agreement with Lawrence D. Rodriguez dated August 27, 2010 (5) (17)

 

 

 

10.23

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with Lawrence D. Rodriguez dated August 27, 2010 (5) (17)

 

 

 

10.24

 

Investment Agreement, dated November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (14)

 

 

 

10.25

 

Investment Agreement, dated November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (14)

 

 

 

10.26

 

Employment Agreement with A. Catherine Ngo dated November 23, 2010 (5) (18)

 

 

 

10.27

 

Amendment No. 1 dated December 20, 2010 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (19)

 

 

 

10.28

 

Amendment No. 1 dated December 20, 2010 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (19)

 

 

 

10.29

 

Form of Subscription Agreement by and between the Registrant and the Additional Investors (20)

 

 

 

10.30

 

Amendment No. 2 dated February 10, 2011 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (21)

 

 

 

10.31

 

Amendment No. 2 dated February 10, 2011 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (21)

 

 

 

10.32

 

Amendment No. 2011-1 to the Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan (5) (22)

 

 

 

10.33

 

Consulting Agreement with Trinity M& A Group, L.L.C. dated September 5, 2012 (5) (23)

 

150



 

Exhibit No.

 

Document

10.34

 

Amendment No. 2012 to 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (24)

 

 

 

10.35

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (24)

 

 

 

10.36

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (24)

 

 

 

10.37

 

The Registrant’s 2013 Stock Compensation Plan (25)

 

 

 

10.38

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement for 2013 Stock Compensation Plan (25)

 

 

 

10.39

 

Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement for 2013 Stock Compensation Plan (25)

 

 

 

10.40

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2013 Stock Compensation Plan (25)

 

 

 

10.41

 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Grant Agreement for 2013 Stock Compensation Plan (25)

 

 

 

10.42

 

Form of Key Employee Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for 2013 Stock Compensation Plan (25)

 

 

 

10.43

 

Repurchase Agreement dated February 20, 2014 by and between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (26)

 

 

 

10.44

 

Repurchase Agreement dated February 20, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (26)

 

 

 

12.1

 

Statements re. Computation of Ratios *

 

 

 

14.1

 

The Registrant’s Code of Conduct and Ethics (11)

 

 

 

14.2

 

The Registrant’s Code of Conduct and Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (11)

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant *

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm *

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *

 

 

 

32.1

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 **

 

 

 

32.2

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 **

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document*

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*

 

151



 

Exhibit No.

 

Document

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

 


*                                         Filed herewith.

 

**                                  Furnished herewith.

 

All of the references to Form 8-K, Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form DEF 14A and Form S-1/A identified in the exhibit index have SEC file number 001-31567.

 

Upon request of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we will furnish any agreements relating to our long-term debt not otherwise contained herein.

 

(1)                                 Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2012.

 

(2)                                 Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Reports on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2010 and January 31, 2014.

 

(3)                                 Filed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.15, 10.17, 10.19 and 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009.

 

(4)                                 Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 1992.

 

(5)                                 Denotes management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

 

(6)                                 Filed as Exhibits 10.8 and 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 1997.

 

(7)                                 Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2001.

 

(8)                                 Filed as Exhibits 10.9 and 10.20 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2005.

 

(9)                                 Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004.

 

(10)                          Filed as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 31, 2006.

 

(11)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.19, 14.1 and 14.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2006.

 

152



 

(12)                          Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2008.

 

(13)                          Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2008.

 

(14)                         Filed as Exhibits 10.20, 10.32 and 10.33 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2011.

 

(15)                          Filed as Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010.

 

(16)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2010.

 

(17)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2010.

 

(18)                          Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2010.

 

(19)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2010.

 

(20)                          Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 27, 2010.

 

(21)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2011.

 

(22)                          Filed as Appendix B to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2011.

 

(23)                          Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2012.

 

(24)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2012.

 

(25)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5 and 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 2013.

 

(26)                          Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 2014.

 

153



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: February 27, 2015

 

 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP.

 

(Registrant)

 

/s/ John C. Dean

 

John C. Dean

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John C. Dean

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

February 27, 2015

John C. Dean

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Denis K. Isono

 

Executive Vice President and Chief

 

February 27, 2015

Denis K. Isono

 

Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alvaro J. Aguirre

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

Alvaro J. Aguirre

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James F. Burr

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

James F. Burr

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christine H. H. Camp

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

Christine H. H. Camp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Earl E. Fry

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

Earl E. Fry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

Paul J. Kosasa

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Duane K. Kurisu

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

Duane K. Kurisu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Colbert M. Matsumoto

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

Colbert M. Matsumoto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

February 27, 2015

Crystal K. Rose

 

 

 

 

 

154